path: root/77611-0.txt

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77611 ***




Transcriber’s note

Variable spelling and hyphenation have been retained. Minor punctuation
inconsistencies have been silently repaired. A list of the changes made
can be found at the end of the book. Formatting and special characters
are indicated as follows:

  _italics_
  =bold=




                  COURSES OF STUDY IN LIBRARY SCIENCE
                               BEING THE
                  ASSISTANTS’ GUIDE TO LIBRARIANSHIP.
                                  _BY_
                     REGINALD G. WILLIAMS, F.L.A.,
              _Deputy Librarian, Bolton Public Libraries_.

_Author of “The Great Civil War: a Graded Course of Reading;” “Writers
of the Nineteenth Century;” “The French Revolution, 1789-1795; a Graded
Course of Reading;” “A Manual of Book Selection for the Librarian and
Book-Lover,” Etc., Joint Author, “The Librarians’ Guide,” Etc._

_SECOND REVISED AND ENLARGED EDITION._

COPYRIGHT.

  THE CENTRAL PRESS
  (_Hopkins & Sons_)
  BOLTON

  Sole English Agents:      |  Sole American Agents:
                            |
  MESSRS. GRAFTON & CO.,    |
  Coptic House,             |  MESSRS. R. R. BOWKER CO.,
  51, Great Russell Street, |  62, West 45th Street,
  LONDON, W.C.              |  NEW YORK.
                           1926.




WE ARE

Library & University Agents, Export Booksellers

? ARE YOU REQUIRING ANY

  BOOKS
  MAGAZINES
  DAILY OR WEEKLY PAPERS
      or
  ANY OTHER PUBLICATIONS?

IF SO, SEND TO US.

Personal attention given to all Orders, however small.

Shipments made.

1st Editions obtained on publication and sent to order.

Continuation Orders. Further Volumes or Parts (of Books already
supplied) sent on publication.

  C. D. Cazenove & Son,

  12-13, Henrietta Street,
  Covent Garden, LONDON, W.C.2.,
  ENGLAND.

  Telegraphic and              Telephone:
  Cable Address:
  EIKON, LONDON.               GERHARD 4060.

  ESTABLISHED 1868.




CONTENTS


                                                         PAGE.

  Preface                                                  ix.
  General Text and Reference Books. Periodicals             1
  Course 1. Practical Bibliography                          3
     ”   2. Book Selection                                 29
     ”   3. Classification                                 76
     ”   4. Cataloguing                                    88
     ”   5. English Literary History                      114
     ”   6. Library and Museum Legislation, Organisation
            and Equipment                                 150
     ”   7. Library Administration                        169
     ”   8. History of Libraries                          190




_To the MEMORY of THE AUTHOR who died at Bolton, March 11th, 1926._




PREFACE


THESE courses of study have been compiled mainly for the use of
Library Assistants all over the world who wish to make themselves more
efficient in the technical side of their profession, and to aid them in
securing the professional certificates awarded by the examining bodies
for proficiency in Library Science. They make no pretence to satisfy
the needs of the specialist in any of the selected subjects, but the
author assures students that each course covers sufficient ground to
enable them to pass the examinations if they will work diligently and
well throughout the course.

The first edition of this work was out of print within eighteen months
of publication. This is sufficient testimony that the work has been
well received, and has proved very popular with the student members of
the profession. This edition has been completely revised and brought up
to date.

The amount of time to be devoted to each lesson will depend on the
individual, but it is essential that the prescribed reading lists
should be read carefully before attempting any answers. These lists
could easily be amplified, but the difficulty has been to keep them
within reasonable length and at the same time representative. A large
number of American journals are included at the special request of
American and Colonial students.


  [Illustration:
  Correspondence Tuition for LIBRARY ASSOCIATION EXAMINATIONS by
  Experienced Librarians.

  Fees moderate.

  The Courses will cover the whole of the syllabus of the Examination.
  Studies can be started at any time and spread over the period until
  the date of the examination.

  A special discount is allowed to members of N.A.L.G.O. Fees can be
  paid by instalments if desired--a small extra percentage is charged
  for this method of payment.

  =For further particulars and enrolment form send stamped addressed
  envelope to the General Secretary, N.C.I., Caxton Hall, Westminster,
  S.W.1.=]

Most students will find the practice of taking notes, and representing
in their own words a summary of what has been read, to be most helpful.
These notes should be compared with the text to ensure that essential
points have not been missed. The questions and tests should be answered
without the aid of text books or notes.

I gladly avail myself of the opportunity to express my gratitude to
my wife for her help and valuable suggestions, my indebtedness to Mr.
James Cranshaw, for his contribution on English Literary History;
to the large number of Librarians and Assistants who have written
appreciative letters to me, and to Mr. H. Hamer, F.L.A., for looking
over the manuscript and proof, but responsibility for any mistakes is
mine.

  REGINALD G. WILLIAMS.

  Astley Bridge,
  Bolton.
  23rd January, 1926.

[Illustration]




Grafton Books for Librarians

_SUPPLEMENTARY TO THE GENERAL CATALOGUE_.

A Manual of Classification

  A Handbook of the Rules and methods of applying classification to
  Books, Shelves, Files and other matters, by W. C. Berwick Sayers.
  Demy 8vo. Cloth. Illustrated

    =Price £1 10s. 0d. net.=

The Theory of Book Selection for Public Libraries

  By Lionel R. McColvin. Cr. 8vo. Cloth, pp. 190.

    =Price 7s. 6d. net.=

The Public Library

  By Ernest A. Baker, D.Litt. Demy 8vo. Cloth. Illustrated, pp. 246.

    =Price 10s. 6d. net.=

County Library Service

  By Harriet Catherine Long. Demy 8vo. Cloth. Illustrated, pp. 206.
  Chicago: American Library Association. London: Grafton & Co.

    =Price 10s. 0d. net.=

The Library and the Community

  Increased Book Service through Library Publicity based on Community
  Studies. By Joseph L. Wheeler. Illustrated. Demy 8vo. Cloth. pp. 418.
  Chicago: American Library Association. London: Grafton & Co.

    =Price 17s. 6d. net.=

Library Buildings

  Notes and Plans. By Chalmers Hadley. Demy 8vo. Cloth. pp. 154.
  Chicago: American Library Association. London: Grafton & Co.

    =Price 17s. 6d. net.=

Wynkyn de Worde and his contemporaries

  From the death of Caxton to 1535. A chapter in English Printing. By
  Henry R. Plomer. Cr. 4to. Buckram, Gilt Top. pp. 250. Illustrated.
  Limited to 1,000 copies.

    =Price £1 1s. 0d. net.=

  GRAFTON & CO.
  Coptic House, 51 Gt. Russell Street
  LONDON, W.C. 1.




COURSES OF STUDY IN LIBRARY SCIENCE


GENERAL TEXT AND REFERENCE BOOKS


American Library Association--Manual of library economy. _Preprints
Nos. 1-32. A.L.A., also Grafton & Co., 1s. 6d. each._

Brown (J. D.)--Manual of library economy, _revised edition, 1907. O.P._

_or The third edition revised by W. C. B. Sayers. Grafton, 1919. 30s._

Cannons (H. G. T.)--Bibliography of library economy, 1876-1909.
_Russell & Co., 1910. O.P._

_A revised edition is in preparation, and will be published by the
American Library Association at an early date._

Encyclopædia Britannica; or, any other good encyclopædia. _Articles on
Books, Libraries, Printing, etc._

Friedel (J. H.)--Training for librarianship: library work as a career.
_Lippincott’s Training Series. Lippincott: Philadelphia, 1921. 7s. 6d._

Library Association--Syllabus of information on facilities for training
in librarianship and the professional examinations. _Various issues
from 1894, 1904, 1907 and then periodically. Library Association. 2s.
6d._


PERIODICALS.

Librarian and Book World, _1910 to date. Monthly. Gravesend._

The Library, _1889-1919_ (_continued as_ “The Transactions of the
Bibliographical Society: The Library”). _Quarterly. London._

Library Assistant, _1898 to date. Monthly. London._

Library Association Record, _1899 to date. Quarterly. London._

Library Journal, _1876 to date. Monthly. New York._

Library World, _1898 to date. Monthly. London._

Ontario Library Review, _1916 to date. Quarterly. Toronto._

Public Libraries, _1896 to date. Monthly. Chicago._

_Note_: Cannons’s “Bibliography of library economy” indexes the above
periodicals from _1876-1909_.


Abbreviations.

  _A.L.A._           American Library Association.
  _L._               Library.
  _L.A._             Library Assistant.
  _L. & B.W._        Librarian and Book World.
  _L.A.R._           Library Association Record.
  _L.J._             Library Journal.
  _L.W._             Library World.
  _Ont. Lib. Rev._   Ontario Library Review.
  _P.L._             Public Libraries.
  _Trans. Bib. Soc._ Transactions of the Bibliographical Society.


COURSE ONE--PRACTICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.

This course covers the collation and description of books which
includes the irregularities found in the make-up of early books. The
collation by quires, by the aid of water-marks, signatures, catchwords,
blank pages, etc. Parts of a modern book. Difficulties in ascertaining
when books are perfect. What constitutes a new issue, a new edition,
a reprint. Forms of bibliographical descriptions and the essentials
of standard descriptions of various classes of books. Then we pass on
to the requisites of standard book production. Typography. Presswork.
Inks. The constituents and essentials of good book paper. Objects of
book illustration, including the advantages and disadvantages of the
various methods in use. Library bookbinding. Materials and methods in
use, and finally the compilation of bibliographies in which the student
is expected to know the principles of arrangement of Author, Subject
and Classified bibliographies, and the practical methods of compiling
various bibliographies.


TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.

Brown (J. D.)--Manual of practical bibliography. _The English Library.
Routledge, 1906. Also Grafton. 3s._

Brown (J. D.)--The small library. _The English Library. Routledge,
1907. Also Grafton. 3s._

Davenport (Cyril)--The book: its history and development. _Westminster
Series. Constable, 1907. 6s._

Fay (L. E.) _and_ Eaton (A. T.)--Instruction in the use of books and
libraries. _2nd edition, revised. Faxon & Co.: Boston, 1919. Also
Grafton. 22s. 6d._

Hitchcock (F. H.), _editor_.--The building of a book: a series of
practical articles written by experts in the various departments of
book making and distributing. _T. W. Laurie. O.P._

Jacobi (C. T.)--Printing: a practical treatise on the art of typography
as applied more particularly to the printing of books. _6th edition,
reprinted. Bell & Sons, 1925. 10s. 6d._

Jacobi (C. T.)--Some notes on books and printing. _4th edition.
Whittingham, 1912. 6s._

Library Association--Interim Report of the Book Production Committee.
_Library Association. 1s._

Mudge (I.G.)--Bibliography. (Preprint of Manual of library economy.
_Chapter 24_). _A.L.A. Pub. Board: Chicago, 1915, may be obtained also
from Grafton & Co._

_Note._--Other text books pertaining to specific subjects will be
mentioned in the Lesson dealing with that subject.

Take particular note of the factors and notes to be found at the end of
each Course.


_Lesson 1._

INTRODUCTION. THEORY. UTILITY. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL TERMS.

This lesson is intended to make clear to the student the derivation
and meaning of the words bibliography and bibliographer, in their
original and present use. The aims of bibliography. What is the ideal
in bibliographical work? The different kinds of bibliographies in
print. The standards of bibliographical work. The value and uses of
bibliography in the library profession. Bibliographical terms. An
index of the Latin names of towns in which printing was established
during the fifteenth century, with their vernacular equivalents will be
found on pp. _43-50_ of Peddie’s “Fifteenth-century books” and on pp.
_163-172_ of Brown’s “Manual of practical bibliography.”

_Note._--Such subjects as the histories of printing, paper-making,
bookbinding, authorship, etc., do not come within the province of
modern practical bibliography.


READING LIST.

Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _pp. 1-20; 157-162._

Brown--Practical bibliography. _L. (New Series). Vol. 4, 1903, pp.
144-151. Reply by A. W. Pollard, pp. 151-162._

Campbell--The bibliography of the future. _1895._

Campbell--Theory of national and international bibliography. _Library
Bureau. 1896. 10s. 6d._

Duff--Early printed books. _Books about Books. K. Paul. 1893, pp.
201-205._

Clarke--Some points in practical bibliography. _L.A.R. Vol. 6. 1904,
pp. 192-205._

Encyclopædia Britannica.--Articles _Bibliography_; _Book_.

Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Chap.
10, pp. 125-134._

Feipel--Elements of bibliography. _Chicago, 1916. Passim._

Ferguson--Some aspects of bibliography. _Johnstone: Edinburgh, 1900,
pp. 1-52 (Should be read after Mudge’s book)._

Greg--What is bibliography? _Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 12, 1911-13, pp.
39-53._

Guppy--Science of bibliography and what it embraces. _L.A.R. Vol 2,
1900, pp. 171-175._

Horne--An introduction to the study of bibliography. _2 vols. Cadell
and Davies, 1814. Early chapters._

Keogh--Practical bibliographies. _A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 1, 1907, pp.
35-39._

Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _pp. 83-96._

Moth--Technical terms used in bibliographies, and by the book and
printing trades. _Boston Book Co._: Boston, _1915. 10s._

Mudge--Bibliography. _(Preprint of Manual of library economy, Chapter
24.) This is a splendid introduction to modern practical bibliography,
bringing in the derivation, present meaning, kinds of bibliography,
etc._

Murray--Bibliography: its scope and methods. _Maclehose, 1917. pp.
1-20; 51-58._

Parsons--Introduction to elementary bibliography. _London, 1913. Also
in L. & B. W. Vol 3, 1912, pp. 43-47._

Peddie--The bases of bibliographical research. _L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-23,
pp. 329-331._

Spofford--A book for all readers. _Putnam: New York, 1905. Chap. 27,
pp. 459-500._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ What is bibliography? Compare the original meaning of the term
with that of to-day.

_2._ There are certain standards by which the reference value of
bibliographies is judged: What do these standards relate to?

_3._ Define the following terms:--bibliographer; codex; colophon;
edition de luxe; format; grangerizing; index expurgatorius; incunabula;
recto; signatures; octavo; cliché; bowdlerize.

_4._ Give an account of the value of bibliography to the library
profession.

_5._ Printed bibliographies fall naturally into recognised classes.
Name four of these classes.

_6._ Discuss the field of bibliographical work for local
bibliographical societies.


_Lesson 2._

IRREGULARITIES IN THE MAKE UP OF BOOKS. COLLATION. PARTS OF A MODERN
BOOK. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION.

The student should note carefully the various meanings of the word
“collation,” especially in relation to bibliography as distinct from
cataloguing. Why early printed books often resembled manuscripts. Early
books had no title pages. Irregularities to be found in the make up
of early printed books. Bibliographical information usually found in
the colophon. Title pages appeared about 1480. For printers’ marks or
devices, the student is advised to consult McKerrow’s “Printers’ and
publishers’ devices in England and Scotland, _1485-1640_”; Plomer’s
“English printers’ ornaments,” or “Printers’ marks,” _1893_, by
W. Roberts. Note the importance of the value of date and place of
publication. Why early printed books were not paged. How they should
be collated by the aid of watermarks, catchwords, signatures, etc.
Numbered pages began about 1470. Parts of a modern book: half-title,
title page, dedication, preface, table of contents, list of plates or
illustrations, errata, text, notes, appendices, index, and printer’s
colophon. Sometimes a frontispiece may be found between the half and
full title page. Difficulties in ascertaining if a book is perfect.
Note the difference between a new issue, a reprint, and a new edition.
Why prefatory pages, or introductory matter are separately numbered in
Roman numerals. Catchwords were introduced in 1469 as a guide to the
binder. Signatures also used as a guide to the binder. How the sizes
of books are determined by the number of folds into which certain
sheets of paper are divided. It is very important for the student to
understand the different forms of bibliographical description and to
distinguish the early forms from that applied to present day work. For
this reason the entries in the standard bibliographies should be noted
and compared.


READING LIST.

Aldis--The printed book. _Cambridge Univ. Press, 1916, pp. 1-27._

Blades--On signatures in old books. _L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 121-131._

Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _pp. 21-58; 87-97._

Clarke--The modern book. _L.A. Vol. 7, 1910, pp. 266-270._

Coupland--Irregularities in the make-up of early printed books. _L.W.
Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 118-119._

Davenport--The book: its history and development. _pp. 30-33; 64-76._

Duff--Early printed books. _pp. 206-212._

Edmond--Suggestions for the description of books printed between
_1501-1640. L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 133-142._

Encyclopædia Britannica. Articles _Bibliography_; _Collation_.

Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Chap.
3, pp. 25-39._

Garnett--Some colophons of the early printers. _L. Vol. 2, 1890, pp.
125-132._

Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 6. pp. 62-65._

McKerrow--Printers’ and publishers’ devices in England and Scotland.
_1485-1640. (Illus. Monographs No. 16). Bibliographical Society, 1913._

McKerrow--Note on variations in certain copies of the “Return of
Pasquil.” _L. (New Series). Vol. 4, 1903, pp. 384-391._

McKerrow--Notes on bibliographical evidence. _Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 12,
1911-13, pp. 237-306._

Madan--Degressive bibliographies. _Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 9, 1906-08,
pp. 53-65._

Madan--Method in bibliography. _Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol 1, 1892-3, pp.
91-96._

Parsons--Introduction to elementary bibliography. _Also in L. & B. W.
Vol. 3, 1912, pp. 47-50._

Plomer--English printers’ ornaments. _1924. Grafton, £2 2s._

Pollard--Objects and methods of bibliographical collations and
descriptions. _L. (New Series). Vol. 8, 1907, pp. 209-217._

Pollard--An essay on colophons. _1905._

Pollard--Last words on the history of the title page, with notes on
some colophons and 27 facsimiles of title pages. _1891._

Pollard _and_ Greg--Some points in bibliographical descriptions.
_Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 9. 1906-08, pp. 31-52._

Powell--Publishers and publishing. _L.A.R. Vol. 4, 1902, pp. 590-601._

Proctor--Notes on signatures. _L. Vol. 3, 1891, pp. 177-180; 267-269._

Rawlings--The story of books. _Hodder & Stoughton. Chap. 15, pp.
159-164._

Roberts--Printers’ marks. _1893._

Sharp--Practical bibliography. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 298-302._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ The early printers were responsible for many inconsistencies and
irregularities in the make-up of their books. Explain, giving examples.

_2._ Why are blank pages often found in the middle of the text in early
printed books?

_3._ Sketch the relative positions of watermarks or wire-lines in books
of different sizes, and state how a watermark may be used in book
collation.

_4._ Make out an entry of a modern book (which may be imaginary)
comprising every bibliographical detail necessary to describe it
completely, and give reasons for the particular order adopted.

_5._ Give an account of the evolution of the title page.


_Lesson 3._

ESSENTIALS OF GOOD BOOK PRODUCTION.

PRINTING. TYPOGRAPHY. PRESSWORK.

The essentials of good printing include a good, firm, clean and sharp
impression with a really good black ink. The student must be able
to recognise the difference between good and bad type. The two most
important factors of modern book production are the selection of
suitable type and the precise format of the page when the size of the
volume is given. Note the various founts of type. Classes of type,
sizes, and the point system, methods of composition, type-casting
and type-setting machines, _e.g._, monotype, linotype, and others.
Stereotype work. Methods of mounting plates for printing. Different
kinds of stereotype and electrotype plates. Hand-press work. Kinds of
presses used. The student should endeavour to examine Stanley Morison’s
“Modern fine printing: an exhibit of printing issued in England,
the United States of America, France, Germany, Italy, Switzerland,
Czecho-Slovakia, Holland and Sweden during the twentieth century and
with few exceptions since the outbreak of the war.” _Benn, 1925. £13
2s. 6d._ and _his_ “Four centuries of fine printing: upwards of six
hundred examples of the work of presses established during the years
_1500-1914_.” _Benn, 1924. £11 0s. 6d._ These two books are beautiful
examples of fine printing, and will probably be found in most of our
large Public Libraries.


READING LIST.

Aldis--The printed book. _Chaps. 6 and 7, pp. 57-91._

British Museum Guide to the exhibition of printed books.

Davenport--The book: its history and development. _Chap. 4, pp. 85-101._

Encyclopædia Britannica--Articles _Typography_, _Printing_.

Hitchcock, _editor_.--The building of a book. _pp. 25-76; 99-138._

Hodges--The printing press: its place in librarianship. _L.A. Vol. 17,
1924, pp. 68-71; 97-102._

Jacobi--Printing. _Passim, with special attention devoted to Chaps. 1,
16 and 21._

Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 3, pp. 27-39._

Legros _and_ Grant--Typographical printing surfaces: the technology and
mechanism of their production. _Longmans Green, 1916. 42s._ _Passim._

Meynell--Typography. The written word and the printed word. Some tests
for types. Concerning printers’ flowers. The pioneer work of the
Pelican Press. The points of a well-made book. A glossary of printers’
terms. Type specimens. A display of borders and initials. _The Pelican
Press, 1923. 7s 6d._ _Passim._

Morison--On type faces: examples of the use of type for the printing of
books. _The Medici Society, 1923. 30s._ _Passim._

Plomer--The history of printing, _1476-1898. The English Bookman’s
Library. K. Paul, 1900._ _Passim._

Report of the Committee appointed to select the best faces of type and
modes of display for Government printing, _1922. H.M.S.O. 4s. also_
Note on the legibility of printed matter, prepared by M. A. Legros.
_1922. H.M.S.O. 1s. 6d._

Sharp--Practical bibliography. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 327-330._

Times Printing Number (The)--Reprinted from the 40,000 issue of _The
Times_, Tuesday, September _10_th, _1912. Times Office, 1913. 6s._
Articles _Stereotyping_; _Composition_; _Typography_.


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Name three methods of moulding plates for printing purposes.

_2._ Give six essential features of good type.

_3._ What is the best style of type face for book work? State your
reasons for your preference.

_4._ Give an account of the use of the matrix in type-founding.

_5._ Define the following terms:--stereotyping; ligature; sans serif;
forme; quoins; shorts; point system; italics; large paper; black letter.


_Lesson 4._

PAPER.

The student should know how to distinguish the difference between
papyrus, parchment, vellum and paper. The article “paper” in the
Encyclopædia Britannica will be quite sufficient for the history of its
use and introduction into Europe. English paper-making dates from the
fifteenth century. The manufacture of paper must be closely followed,
first, the materials, then, their reduction to the pulp, the conversion
of the pulp into paper, and finally the finishing. How to tell the
difference between hand-made and machine made paper, by wire marks,
deckle edge, colour, tear and rougher side. The effect of the “dandy
roll” on “wove” and “laid” paper. Chain lines. Essentials of first
class manufacture. The merits and defects of different kinds of paper.
Antique, India, art, imitation art, Japanese vellum, super-calendar,
etc.


READING LIST.

Blades--Paper and paper marks. _L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 217-223._

Chivers--Paper and binding of lending library books. _L.J. Vol. 34,
1909, pp. 350-354._

Chivers--The paper of lending library books, with some remarks on their
bindings. _Illus. Chivers, 1910._ _Passim._

Coutts _and_ Stephen--Library bookbinding. _Grafton, 1911. 7s. 6d.
Chaps. 5 and 6, pp. 62-82._

Davenport--The book: its history and development. _Chap. 3, pp. 62-84._

Encyclopædia Britannica--Article _Paper_.

Hitchcock, _editor_.--The building of a book. _pp. 89-98._

Jenkins--Paper making in England (_1495-1714_). _L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900,
pp. 479-488; 577-588. Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 239-251._

Jacobi--Printing. _Chap. 32, pp. 328-339, and samples of paper found at
the end of the book._

Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 5, pp. 56-61 and
samples of paper found at the end of the book._

Library Association Book Production Committee--Interim Report, _1913_.

Madan--Books in manuscript, their study and use. _K. Paul, 1893. 6s.
pp. 6-12._

Maddox--Paper: its history, sources and manufacture. _Pitman, 1916._
_Passim._

Sindall--Manufacture of paper. _Westminster Series. Constable, 1908._
_Passim._

Sindall--Physical qualities of paper. _L.A.R. Vol. 10. 1908, pp. 24-35;
60-62._

Sindall--Manufacture of wood pulp for paper making. _L.A.R. Vol. 10,
1908, pp. 336-341._

Times Printing Number (The)--Articles _Hand-made paper_; _Modern
printing papers_; _Wood pulp._

Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection, _Appendix 2. Notes on paper
making, pp. 93-103._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Give the essential and outstanding requirements of a modern book
paper.

_2._ The strength of a paper is determined by the constitution and
structure of the fibrous elements of which it is composed. Explain.

_3._ What substances are now principally used in paper-making? State
the qualities of the different papers.

_4._ What should be the requirements in the paper for a book of
reference of over 1,000 pages?

_5._ What is a featherweight paper?


_Lesson 5._

INK.

The process of making printing ink consists of grinding a pigment,
black, white, or coloured, into a suitable varnish. Pigment is
responsible for making the impression visible. Varnish responsible for
the holding together of the pigment during its distribution on the
press to the type. The different kinds of ink. The ingredients of good
printing inks. Its stages of manufacture. Ink used for book work must
be of the best quality. Hand-press requires different kind of ink to
that used in machine presses. “Jobbing ink.” “Cut ink.”


READING LIST.

Andes--Oil colours and printers’ inks. _Scott Greenwood, 1918._
_Passim._

Encylopædia Britannica--Article _Ink_.

Hitchcock, _editor_--The building of a book. _pp. 139-143._

Jacobi--Printing. _Chap. 19, pp. 214-217._

Mitchell--Ink. _Pitman._ _Passim._

Seymour--Modern printing inks: a practical handbook for printing-ink
manufacturers. _Scott Greenwood, 1910._ _Passim._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Define the difference between printing inks and writing inks.

_2._ Give the ingredients of a good printing ink to be used for book
work.

_3._ Explain the following terms:--coloured inks; cut ink; copying
inks; sympathetic inks; printers’ inks.

_4._ How is the impression conditioned by the flow of the ink?


_Lesson 6._

BOOK ILLUSTRATION.

The illustration of books began before the invention of printing, and
the purpose of illustration is to carry the spirit of action rather
than to serve as a basis for deft expression of technical skill.
Illustrations are pictorial matter (plates, diagrams, etc.) generally
used for the purpose of elucidating the text, the object being to
enable the reader to obtain a better grasp and a more realistic view
of the subject which the author would seek to present whether in
connection with science, travel, or fiction. Illustrations make clearer
to the imagination their stories and their songs by reflecting manners
of life, interests and pursuits in a way that brightens what would
otherwise often be commonplace.

The student will be expected to know the purpose of book illustration.
The merits and defects of different methods of illustrations now in
use. The hand processes include;--in relief, intaglio, flat surface.
Photographic processes:--in relief, intaglio, and flat surface. The
colour processes. The need for really good blocks. Students are
recommended to purchase the booklet issued by the British Museum at 6d.
and entitled “A guide to the processes and schools of engraving.” _2nd
edition, 1923._


READING LIST.

Aldis--The printed book. _Chap. 8, pp. 92-113._

Coupland--Methods of book illustration. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp.
356-362._

Davenport--The book: its history and development. _Chap. 5, pp.
102-140._

Crane--Of the decorative illustrations of books. _2nd edition. Bell,
1901. 6s._ _Passim._

Encyclopædia Britannica--Articles _Illustration_; _Process and under
the various methods_.

Fay _and_ Eaton--The use of books and libraries. _Chap. 11, pp.
156-162._

Hitchcock, _editor_--The building of a book. _pp. 154-215._

Hardie--English coloured books. _Connoisseurs’ Library. Methuen, 1906.
25s._ _Passim._

Jacobi--Printing. _Chaps. 22-24. pp. 236-253._

Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 4, pp. 40-55._

Jennings--Early wood-cut initials. _Methuen, 1908. 21s._ _Passim._

Pennell--Modern illustration. _Ex Libris Series. Bell & Sons, 1895.
10s. 6d._ _Passim._

Pennell--The illustration of books. _T. F. Unwin, 1896. 3s. 6d._
_Passim._

Pollard--Early illustrated books. _Books about Books. K. Paul, 1893._
_Passim._

Sharp--Practical bibliography. _L.W. Vol 13, 1910-11, pp. 333-336._

Sketchley--English book illustration of to-day. _K. Paul, 1903. 10s.
6d._ _Passim._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Define the objects of book illustration.

_2._ What in your opinion is the best method of book illustration?

_3._ Name the different methods of book illustration in use at the
present day, and draw special attention to their respective merits and
defects.

_4._ What has been the effect upon book-papers of the introduction of
the “half-tone” method of illustration?

_5._ Give a brief account of the technical development of modern book
illustration.


_Lesson 7._

BOOKBINDING.

It is not necessary for the student to devote much time to the
historical side of the subject if he intends taking the Library
Association Examination. It is to the practical side that most
attention must be given. It is essential to possess an elementary
knowledge of binding, with special attention given to library
bookbinding. The processes, hand and machine bookbinding and their
relation to library bookbinding must be noticed. The principal
qualities for a library binding are: flexibility, strength and
durability, solidity, good materials, neatness, lightness, cheapness,
and suitability of style. These qualities should be carefully followed,
and the materials must be considered. How the quality of paper affects
the binding. The pro and con of home binderies, and finally tenders and
specifications.


READING LIST.

Aldis--The printed book. _Chap. 9, pp. 114-135._

American Library Association--Binding for small libraries: suggestions
prepared by the A.L.A. Committee on Bookbinding. _1915. 25c._

Bailey--Library bookbinding. _H. W. Wilson Co.: New York. 1916._
_Passim._

Bliss--Better bookbinding for libraries. _L.J. Vol. 30, 1905, pp.
849-857. Also in P.L. Vol. 11, 1906, pp. 294-9._

Chivers--Relative value of leathers and other binding materials.
_Illus. Chivers, 1911._ _Passim._ _Also in L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp.
415-430._

Cochrane--Costing data in bookbinding. _L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-23, pp.
345-347._

Cockerell--Bookbinding, and the care of books. _4th edition. Pitman,
1923. 10s. 6d. First published 1901._ _Passim._

Coutts _and_ Stephen--Manual of library bookbinding. _Passim._ _The
best book on the subject for the library assistant._

Dana--Lettering the backs of books when rebound for libraries. _P.L.
Vol. 12, 1907, pp. 306-307._

Dana--Notes on bookbinding for libraries. _Latest edition._ _Passim._

Davenport--The book: its history and development. _Chaps. 2, 7, 8 and
9, pp. 26-61, 169-180, 181-204, 205-243._

Encyclopædia Britannica--Article _Bookbinding_.

Hitchcock, _editor_--The building of a book. _pp. 216-256._

Jacobi--Some notes on books and printing. _Chap. 7, pp. 66-69._

Library Association--Interim report on book production.

Library Association. _Sound Leather Committee._--Leather for libraries,
by E. W. Hulme and others. _Library Supply Co., 1905._ _Passim._

Society of Arts.--Report of the Committee on leather for bookbinding.
_G. Bell & Sons, 1905. First published 1901._ _Passim._

Spofford--A book for all readers. _Chap. 3, pp. 50-87._

Stephen--Edition binding. _L.A. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 326-330._

Stephen--Machine book sewing, with remarks on publishers’ binding.
_Library Association, 1908. 6d. Also in L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908; pp.
261-280._

Stephen--Notes on materials for library bookbinding. _L.A. Vol. 5,
1905-07, pp. 143-146; 162-164._

Stephen--Publishers’ bindings. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910. pp. 9-13._

Stephen--Commercial bookbinding. _Stonehill. 7s. 6d._ _Passim._

Times Printing Number--Article _Bookbinding_.


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Discuss the values and uses of the following binding
materials:--pigskin, rexine, cloth, buckram, morocco, calf.

_2._ Discuss the merits or demerits of three leathers suitable for
library bookbinding. State which you consider the best.

_3._ Can you name any library which has a binding establishment of
its own? Give some idea of the initial cost and upkeep of such an
establishment.

_4._ Describe the essential features which you consider necessary for
the binding of a book for the public lending library.

_5._ Define the following terms:--re-inforced; tipping; head-band;
kettle-stitch; bleed; blind-tooling; marbling; plough; hollow-back;
forwarding.


_Lesson 8._

COMPILATION OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES.

Principles of arrangement, will differ with each type of bibliography.
Six methods of arrangement. An author bibliography best arranged
chronologically by dates of publication, supplemented with subject and
title indexes. For a subject bibliography the best arrangement may
be classified, with an alphabetical index to authors and subjects.
The best bibliography is arranged and indexed so that its contents
may be found from the point of view of author, title, subject, place,
or personal names. The student should examine as many bibliographies
as possible, and note their arrangements. He should also possess a
thorough knowledge of the practical methods of compiling bibliographies.


READING LIST.

American Library Association and Library Association--Code of
cataloguing rules. _Passim._

Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chaps. 5 and 6, pp. 45-86;
99-111._

Cole--Compiling a bibliography: practical hints; with illustrative
examples. _New York, 1902. 20 pp. Also in L.J. Vol. 26, 1901 pp.
791-795; 859-863._

Coupland--Arrangement and compilation of bibliographies. _L.W. Vol. 15,
1912-13, pp. 180-185._

Guppy--Wigan and county bibliographies. _L.A.R. Vol 3, 1925 (New
series), pp. 94-102._

Greg--What is bibliography? _In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 12, 1911-13, pp.
39-53._

Hysett--County bibliography. _In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 3, 1895-6, pp.
27-40; 167-170. Parts 1 and 2._

Madan--Method in bibliography. _In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 1, 1892-3, pp.
91-103._

Murray--Bibliography: its scope and methods. _pp. 78-97._

Parsons--Introduction to elementary bibliography. _L. & B. W. Vol. 3,
1912, pp. 84-88._

Peddie--The bases of bibliographical research. _L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-23,
pp. 348-350._

Peplow--Some tentative proposals for the compilation of a catalogue of
best books. _L.A.R. Vol. II, 1909, pp. 222-228. Discussion pp. 245-249._

Pollard--Arrangement of bibliographies. _L. (New series.) Vol. 10,
1909, pp. 168-187._

Sharp--Practical bibliography. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 377-380._

Sparke--Town bibliographies. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 366-371._

Stephen--Norfolk bibliography. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 352-364._

Wheatley--The present condition of English bibliography. _In Trans.
Bib. Soc. Vol. 1, 1892-3, pp. 61-102. (Model author bibliography is
appended)._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ What principles would you consider before setting to work on the
compilation of a bibliography?

_2._ State briefly the different methods of compiling bibliographies.

_3._ Arrange the form headings you would use in compiling a
bibliography of Shakespeare.

_4._ Discuss the value and method of the preparation of a county
bibliography.

_5._ Give three examples (which may be imaginary) of the ideal
bibliographical entries for a subject bibliography.

_6._ Describe generally the plan, contents, and aim of the two
following books:--

Sparke (Archibald)--Bibliographia Boltoniensis: being a bibliography,
with biographical details, of Bolton authors, and the books written
by them from 1550-_1912_; books about Bolton; and those printed and
published in the town from _1785_ to date. Bolton, _1913_.

_and_

Hawkes (A. J.)--Lancashire printed books: a bibliography of all the
books printed in Lancashire down to the year _1800_. Wigan, _1925_.


TEST EXAMINATION.

_Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc._

_1._ Bibliography is now considered from two standpoints: the practical
and utilitarian; or, the historical and dilettante. Explain.

_2._ By what means would you check a quarto book printed before 1750 to
ascertain if it is complete?

_3._ The _Kelmscott Press_ publications, though beautiful specimens of
artistic design applied to typography are at fault from the utility
point of view. Explain.

_4._ State the essentials of good press-work.

_5._ What are the chief properties of modern book paper?

_6._ Why is the fibrous direction of paper important to book-work?

_7._ Explain the difference between “edition” and “library” binding.

_8._ What details should be specified in a full bibliographical
description of an early printed book?

_9._ What principles should be observed in the annotation of
bibliographies?

_10._ How would you proceed in compiling “a bibliography of guides to
book selection since 1900?”


FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO PRACTICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(_1_) WHAT IS THE MEANING OF THE WORD BIBLIOGRAPHY?

Bibliography derives its name from two Greek words, which translated
literally mean “the writing of books.” This meaning was originally
adopted in the English language, the first recorded use of which in
English is found in Blount’s “Dictionary” (_1656_), but with the growth
of literature and consequent output of books, the connotation of the
term increased rapidly, and rendered the original definition obsolete.

The number of sciences included in the term “bibliography” probably
reached its zenith with Gabriel Peignot, a noted French bibliographer
of the last century. In his enthusiasm for the subject he arrogated
to bibliography a knowledge of such subjects as philosophy, logic,
philology, history, mathematics, geography, etc., in addition to
typography, the composition of books, material and literary, and all
that appertains to the books themselves. In short, bibliography was to
him the _scientia scientiarum_.

Peignot’s English contemporary, Thomas Hartwell Horne, _1780-1862_
gives a more concise definition in his “Study of bibliography” (_1814_)
but he errs in the same manner, though in a lesser degree by claiming
for bibliography an encyclopædic knowledge of the history, values and
contents of books.

The modern tendency for specialisation renders such erroneous
conceptions of the subject impossible, for palæography, typography,
history, etc., rank as distinct topics, though, of course, they will
always be correlated.

Many attempts have been made in recent times to give a concise
definition of what is understood by the term “bibliography,” but
there is little uniformity of opinion, and much confusion. The
confusion is undoubtedly caused by the application of one term
to what should remain distinct studies. The subject now resolves
itself into two standpoints--the historical-and-dilettante; or, the
practical-and-utilitarian.

Historical bibliography to the general public is yet very vague in its
limits, it includes the history of printing, book-collecting, study of
the rare and curious in books, etc.; but among experts it is slowly
and surely being limited to the history of printing, and in the future
the historical side of bibliography will be known as the “history of
printing.”

When this understanding comes to pass “bibliography” can be applied
to what is now known as “practical bibliography,” which is defined by
the late J. D. Brown in his “Manual of bibliography” (_1906_) as “the
science which treats of the description, cataloguing, and preservation
of books.”

The word “bibliography” is also applied to the literature of a subject,
but in this sense there is little likelihood of confusion as it is
generally used in conjunction with another topic, as, “A Bibliography
of Cotton Spinning.”


(_2_) KINDS OF BIBLIOGRAPHY.

There are six recognised classes of bibliographies:--

_1._ General Bibliographies--Books not limited to those of any period,
locality, author, or subject, _e.g._ Brunet’s “Manual du Libraire.”

_2._ National Bibliographies--Books printed in a given country or about
a given country, _e.g._ “The English Catalogue of Books.”

_3._ Trade Bibliographies--Books in print or on sale by publishers,
with full particulars as to size, price, pages, etc., _e.g._ Whitaker’s
“Reference Catalogue of Current Literature.”

_4._ Author Bibliographies--Books or articles by, or by and about, a
particular author, _e.g._, “Bibliography of the works of Shakespeare,”
by W. Jaggard.

_5._ Subject Bibliographies--Books and articles about a special
subject, _e.g._, Woodbury’s “Bibliography of Cotton Manufacture.”

_6._ Bio-Bibliographies--a compilation giving the biographies of
writers and lists of their writings, _e.g._, Allibone’s “Dictionary of
Authors.”


(_3_) WHY PREFATORY PAGES ARE SOMETIMES NUMBERED IN ROMAN FIGURES.

Prefatory pages are numbered in Roman figures because they are usually
printed after the body of the book has been “set up.” In many cases
the printer has no estimate of prefatory matter and to overcome the
difficulty he numbers the text in Arabic and the preliminary pages in
Roman figures.


(_4_) “NATURAL HISTORY” BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Panzer has been spoken of as “the one true naturalist among general
bibliographers,” and since his day two distinct methods of bibliography
have grown up.

One method treats specimens of early printing simply as curiosities,
and their value only depending according to their rarity or intrinsic
worth, or again to some peculiar characteristic found in them. This
method is generally associated with the name of Dibden.

The other method, which is called by Henry Bradshaw the “natural
history method of bibliography” is associated with the name of Panzer,
who was the first practical exponent. By this method each press must be
looked upon as a _genus_, and each book as a _species_, and the more
or less close connection of the different members of the family must
be traced by the characters which they present to our observation.
Bradshaw’s own work is the best example of this method, and the
beginner can follow no better model than the papers he wrote on early
printing.


(_5_) TYPOGRAPHY. “POINT SYSTEM.”

A unit of measurement has been accepted as a standard for the purpose
of enabling the products of different manufacturers to be used
together. The unit of measurement adopted in this country and America
is the Pica which is approximately one-sixth of an inch in width.

TYPE BODY SIZES.

          Eng &
   Pts.   Amer.     Didot.    English (Old).
   _5_   _.0692_    _.074_       _.066_         Pearl.
   _5½_  _.0761_    --           _.0725_        Ruby.
   _6_   _.083_     _.0888_      _.0835_        Nonpareil
   _7_   _.0969_    _.1036_      _.0987_        Minion.
   _8_   _.1107_    _.1184_      _.1083_        Brevier.
   _9_   _.1245_    _.1332_      _.118_         Bourgeois.
  _10_   _.1384_    _.148_       _.135_         Long Primer.
  _11_   _.1522_    _.1628_      _.145_         Small Pica
  _12_   _.166_     _.1776_      _.1667_        Pica
  _14_   _.1937_    _.2072_      _.188_         English
  _16_   _.2214_    _.2368_      --             2-line Brevier.
  _18_   _.2490_    _.2664_      _.235_         Great Primer.
  _20_   _.2767_    _.296_       _.2626_        Paragon.
  _22_   _.3044_    _.3256_      _.289_         Double Pica.
  _24_   _.332_     _.3552_      _.3362_        2-line Pica
  _28_   _.3874_    _.4144_      _.375_         2-line English
  _30_   _.4151_    _.444_       --             --
  _32_   _.4428_    _.4736_      _.469_         2-line Gt. Primer
  _36_   _.498_     _.5328_      _.498_         3-line Pica.


(_6_) PRINCIPAL SIZES OF TYPE NOW USED IN BOOKS.

  This line is Pica (12 point) Modern 12345.
  This line is Long Primer (10 point) Old Style
  This line is Brevier (8 point) Old Style 12345.
  This line is Nonpariel (6 point) Modern 12345.


TYPE FACES.

  Old Style    English Literary History, 1234.
  Modern Face  Factors and Notes 1234.
  Fancy Face   Commercial Index 1234.
  Text Letter  Of German Origin 1234.


(7) SIZES OF BOOKS.

  Royal folio      20  × 12½ ins.
  Demy folio       17¾ × 11¼  ”
  Crown folio      15  × 10   ”
  Foolscap folio   13½ ×  8½  ”
  Royal Quarto     12½ × 10   ”
  Demy Quarto      11¼ ×  8⅞  ”
  Crown Quarto     10  ×  7½  ”
  Foolscap Quarto   8½ ×  6¾  ”
  Royal Octavo     10  ×  6¼  ”
  Demy Octavo       8⅞ ×  5⅝  ”
  Crown Octavo      7½ ×  5   ”
  Foolscap Octavo   6¾ ×  4¼  ”
  Royal 12mo        8¼ ×  5   ”
  Demy 12mo         7½ ×  4⅜  ”
  Demy 16mo         5⅜ ×  4½  ”
  Demy 18mo         6⅛ ×  3⅞  ”
  Demy 24mo         5½ ×  3⅛  ”
  Demy 32mo         5⅞ ×  3⅛  ”


(8) BOOKS CONTAINING EXCELLENT BIBLIOGRAPHIES.

Aflalo--Natural history of the British Isles (Vertebrates). _1898. 18
pp._

Amherst--History of gardening in England. _1910. 50 pp._

Baldwin--Dictionary of philosophy and psychology. _Vol. 3._

Berg--Vitamins. _Allen & Unwin, 1923._ (_List of 1556 Books_).

Freeman--A portrait of George Moore. _1922. 53 pp._

Handschin--Methods of teaching modern languages. _Harrop, 1923, 65 pp._

Hazen--Europe since 1815. _1910. 36 pp._

Hind--A history of engraving and etching. _Constable, 1923. 26 pp. and
68 pp._

Nicoll--A history of Restoration drama. _1923. 28 pp._

Rees--Libraries for children. _Grafton, 1924. 55 pp._

Schelling--English literature during the life-time of Shakespeare.
_1910. 30 pp._

Simpson--The rise of Louis Napoleon. _1909. 18 pp._

Singer & Strang--Etching and other methods of printing pictures.
_1897._ (_List of 441 Books_).

Sindall--The manufacture of paper. _1908. 20 pp._

Webb--History of trades unionism. _1894. 44 pp._

_Note particularly_ the very full lists of books and articles appended
to the “Cambridge Modern History,” the “Cambridge Medieval History,”
and the “Cambridge History of British Foreign Policy” and the
“Cambridge History of English and American Literature.”


(9) SOME INTERESTING BOOKS.

In the research work entailed in compiling this course a great number
of very beautiful books came under my notice. I made a careful
examination of them, and it was with a pang of regret I had to omit
them from the Reading Lists. However, I received so much joy in
looking through them--the beauty not always being from the physical
side--that I decided to make a select list and advise students to be on
the _qui vive_ for any of them. All the books mentioned should be in
the possession of our large public reference libraries, and students
wishing for a little more than the examination side of their studies
would do well to avail themselves of any opportunity they may have of
examining the books for themselves. If they are anything like true
book-lovers they will be delighted with all they see and read.

Briquet (Ch. M.)--Les filigranes: dictionnaire historique des marques
du papier dès leur apparition, vers _1282_ jusqu’ en 1600. _4 vols.
Leipzig, 1923._

  This is the standard work on watermarks and first appeared in _1907_.
  There are _39_ illustrations in the text, and _16,112_ facsimilies of
  water-marks on _1,500_ plates.

The Fleuron--A journal of typography; _edited by_ Oliver Simon. Issued
annually since 1923. Contains many interesting and valuable articles
such as, in No. _1_ “A treatise on the development of the title-page,”
by the editor. In No. _2_, S. Morison’s article supplies a detailed and
documented study of the relation of capitals to lower case letters. In
No. _3_, an article on “The development of the book,” by P. Angoulvent.
In No. _4_, “Script types,” by S. Morison, and so on.

Fournier--Manuel typographique, utile aux gens de lettres, et à ceux
qui exercent les differentes parties de l’imprimerie. _2 vols. Paris,
1764-66. £14 14s. 0d._

  A work which every student of French typography should consult.
  Contains specimens of type.

Fry (Joseph) _and_ Sons--A specimen of printing types, _by Joseph Fry
and Sons, letter-founders, Worship Street, Moorfields, London, 1785_.

  Includes specimens of Roman and Italic types. Vignettes of King’s
  Arms, ships, etc.

Guigard--Nouvel armorial du bibliophile; guide de l’amateur des livres
armoriés. With numerous armorial illustrations. _2 vols, Paris, 1890._

  One of the best works on armorial bindings.

Grolier Club--Catalogue of an exhibition of illuminated and
painted manuscripts, together with a few early printed books with
illuminations; also some examples of Persian manuscripts, with plates
in facsimile and an introductory essay. _New York, privately printed,
the Grolier Club, 1892._

Humphreys--The illuminated books of the Middle Ages. An account of
the development and progress of the art of illumination as a distinct
branch of pictorial ornamentation from the _4_th to the _17_th
centuries. _London, 1849._

  A standard work on the illuminated books of the Middle Ages.

Martin--La miniature Française du _13_th au _15_th siècle. _Paris and
Brussels, 1923._

  A standard work on French illuminated manuscripts.

Periods of Typography--A series of handbooks to historic style in
printing. Under the general editorship of Stanley Morison. The first
volumes are now issued and others will follow from time to time. Each
volume will contain an essay which will introduce the reader to the
principal formative influences and to outstanding examples of the
respective periods. The introductions are written from the standpoint
of the amateur interested in the part played by the printed book in the
society and culture of its period, each by experts.

Plomer (Henry R.)--English printers’ ornaments. _Grafton, London._

The subject of printers’ ornaments can be clearly defined in
its stricter meaning as the decoration of books apart from book
illustration. Printers’ ornaments include head and tail pieces, initial
letters, borders to title pages or text, and decorative blocks such
as those which were used freely by the 16th century printer, Henry
Bynneman, and others.

Pollard (A. W.)--Fine books. _Illus. 1912._

Silvestre (L. C.)--Marques typographiques on recueil des monogrammes,
chiffres, enseignes, emblèmes, devises, rébus et fleurons des libraires
et imprimeurs qui ont exercé en France, depuis l’introduction de
l’Imprimerie, en _1470_, jusqu’à la fin du seizième siècle; a ces
marques sont jointes celles des Libraires et Imprimeurs qui pendant
la meme période ont publié, hors de France, des livres en langue
française. _2 vols. Paris, 1853-67._ This work contains over thirteen
hundred reproductions of printers’ marks and is looked upon as the
standard work on printers’ marks.

Sotheby (S. Leigh)--The typography of the Fifteenth Century: being
specimens of the productions of the early Continental printers,
exemplified in a collection of facsimilies from 100 works, together
with their water-marks. _London, 1845._

  Contains _26_ plates of water-marks.

Steele (Robert)--The revival of printing. A bibliographical catalogue
of works issued by the chief modern English presses, with an
introduction by Robert Steele. _London, 1912._

  Imprinted in the Riccardi Press Fount, by Charles T. Jacobi, with
  facsimiles of the type employed by other presses.

Updike (D. B.)--Printing types, their history, forms, and use, a study
in survivals. With _367_ specimens of various famous presses, from
the invention of printing until the present day. _2 vols. Cambridge:
U.S.A., 1923._

Wardle (B. L.)--Music title pages, _1500-1925_. A selection of
examples, with an introduction. _London, 1926._

  This work is announced to be ready in the Spring of 1926 and should
  be looked for by all students interested in decorative typography.
  The special nature of fine music production has called for the most
  lavish use of decoration and illustration, and a selection of the
  outstanding examples among these titles is therefore of real value to
  the designer and student of typography.




COURSE 2: BOOK SELECTION.


TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.

Brown (J. D.)--Manual of practical bibliography. _The English Library.
Routledge, 1906. 3s._

Fay (L. E.) _and_ Eaton (A. T.)--Instruction in the use of books and
libraries: a text book for normal schools and colleges. _2nd edition,
revised. Faxon & Co., Boston, 1919. 22s. 6d._

Hopkins (F. M.)--Reference guides that should be known, and how to use
them. _Willard: Michigan, 1916. $1.50_

Mudge (I. G.)--New guide to reference books: based on the third edition
of “Guide to the study and use of reference books,” by Alice B.
Kroeger, as revised by I. G. Mudge. _A.L.A. Pub. Board: Chicago, 1923;
Grafton. 15s._

  Miss Mudge’s great work is a text-book for the student who is
  beginning a systematic study of reference books, and is our best
  guide for the research worker requiring a guide to the reference
  tools available for some particular investigation. Complete with
  detailed index of authors, titles, subjects, and analytical
  references.

  _or_ Kroeger (A. B.)--Guide to the study and use of reference
  books. _2nd edition, with supplement, 1908; or, 3rd edition, with
  supplement. A.L.A. Pub. Board: Chicago, 1917._

Stewart (J. D.) _and_ Clarke (O. E.)--Book selection. _Grafton, 1909.
1s. Also published in the Library World, May-June, 1909._

Williams (Reginald G.)--A manual of book selection for the librarian
and book-lover. _Grafton, 1920. 10s. 6d._

_Note._--Other text-books will be introduced as required.

Take particular note of the factors and notes to be found at the end of
each course.


_Lesson 1._

KNOWLEDGE OF BOOKS OF REFERENCE.

(_a_) Different kinds of bibliographies: universal, national, trade and
subject.

The student is advised to read “Bibliography,” by Isadore Gilbert
Mudge; preprint of “Manual of library economy,” chapter 24, published
by the A.L.A. Publishing Board, Chicago, _1915_. For the derivation and
present meaning of the word “bibliography,” and a description of the
value of reference books, this chapter forms a splendid introduction.

For the various kinds of bibliographies see Mudge’s “New guide
to reference books” (or Kroeger’s “Guide to study and use of
reference books”), Stewart _and_ Clarke’s “Book selection,” “List of
bibliographical works in the Reading Room of the British Museum,”
Brown’s “Manual of practical bibliography,” and Gross’s “List of
books and articles chiefly bibliographical, designed to serve as an
introduction to the bibliography and methods of English literary
history.” The Universal bibliographies by Brunet, British Museum,
Burger, Ebert, Graesse, Hain, Maittaire, Panzer, Peddie, Pellechet,
Proctor, Watt, etc.

For a comprehensive list of National bibliographies of 49 countries
_see_ Peddie’s “National bibliographies: a descriptive catalogue of the
works which register the books published in each country.” _London,
Grafton, 1912._ _Add the_ United States Catalog: books in print to
January, 1912; edited by M. E. Potter and others, and the Cumulative
book index. _White Plains, New York, Wilson, 1898-1922. Vols. 1-24._
(These two are not included in Peddie’s work;) also the New York State
Library. Selected National bibliographies. _3rd edition. Albany.
University of the State of New York, 1915. (Library School Bulletin,
No. 38). 10c._

The following trade bibliographies should be noted:--American catalogue
of books, Book auction records, Publishers’ trade list annual, United
States Catalogue, Livingstone (America). Arber, Book prices current,
British Science Guild, English catalogue of books, Growoll, Whitaker,
etc. (English); Catalogue Annuel. Lorenz, etc. (France); Heinrich,
Heinsius, Kayser, etc. (Germany); For general bibliographies the most
important are Sonnenschein’s “Best books,” Nelson’s “Standard books,”
Gray’s “Books that count,” Robertson’s “Courses of study”; and for
American books, the A.L.A. book list, 1905 to date.

A mere acquaintance with the titles of the bibliographies etc., will
be of little service. Students must know the general scope, method of
arrangement, standpoint, and comparative usefulness of each. It must be
remembered also that many of our best bibliographies and guides appear
in the Latin, French, and German languages.


READING LIST.

Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chap. 8, pp. 113-135._

Clarke--English publishing trade bibliographies. _L.W. Vol. 13.
1910-11, pp. 197-201._

Courtney--A register of national bibliography. _3 vols., 1905-1912.
Passim._

Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Part
I. Chaps. 4, 5 and 10, pp. 40-83; 125-137._

Ferguson--Some aspects of bibliography. _Johnston: Edinburgh, 1900.
Passim. A splendid introduction._

Mudge--New guide to reference books. _1923, pp. 207-223._

  _or_ Kroeger--Guide to study and use of reference books. _1908
  edition, pp. 99-111. Supplement, pp. 16, 20 and 21._

Peddie--National bibliographies. _Grafton, London, 1912. 5s. Passim.
Also published in the Library World, Vols. 12, 13, 24 and 26._

Stewart _and_ Clarke--Book selection. _Passim._

  _Also in Library World, Vol II. 1908-1909, pp. 409-417; 445-450._

Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 8-12; 67-71._


QUESTIONS:--

_1._ Name four universal bibliographies, and state the method of
arrangement of two of them.

_2._ Describe the plan and contents, and give an estimate of their
value as aids to book selection, of any three of the following works:--

  Nelson--Standard books.
  Sonnenschein--Best books.
  Graesse--Tresor de livres rares et précieux.
  Mudge--New guide to reference books.
  English Catalogue of books, _1801-1925_.
  Brunet--Manuel du libraire.

_3._ Name two author, two subject, and two classified bibliographies.
State their approximate prices.

_4._ Name three trade bibliographies, pointing out any differences in
their method of arrangement and scope.

_5._ Name the various kinds of bibliographies known to you, giving the
special features of each.


_Lesson 2._

KNOWLEDGE OF BOOKS OF REFERENCE--_continued_.

  (_b_) Catalogues of libraries.
  (_c_) Bibliographies of bibliography.
  (_d_) Special bibliographies, and
  (_e_) Books containing bibliographies.

Every effort should be made to examine and compare the catalogues
of the following libraries:--British Museum; Cambridge University;
Chemical Society of London; Dr. Williams’ Library; Glasgow University;
John Rylands Library; London Library; Pharmaceutical Society of London;
Royal College of Surgeons; Royal Geographical Society; Royal Institute
of Great Britain; Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society; St. Bride
Foundation Library; Society of Writers to H.M. Signet; University of
Gottingen, and University of London.

Bibliographies of bibliography by the following authors must be
carefully noted:--British Museum; Courtney; Langlois; Peignot;
Petzholdt; Stein; Vallée, etc.

For bibliographies of special subjects _see_ Mudge’s “New guide to
reference books”; Brown’s “Manual of practical bibliography”; “List of
bibliographical works in the Reading Room of the British Museum,” etc.

For short list of books containing bibliographies _see_ pages _25-26_,
and make a note of any important bibliography you come across during
your studies.


READING LIST.

Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chap. 8, pp. 128-142._

Courtney--A register of national bibliography. _3 vols. Passim._

Ferguson--Some aspects of bibliography. _Passim._

Josephson--Bibliographies of bibliography chronologically arranged
with occasional notes and index. _2nd edition. Bib. Soc. of America:
Chicago, 1913._

Mudge--New guide to reference books. _pp. 229-230; 223-224._

  _or_ Kroeger--Guide to reference books, _1908 edition. pp. 7-9;
  108-110; 116-117_.

Stewart _and_ Clarke--Book selection. _Passim._

Williams--Manual of book selection. _Note the select bibliographies at
the end of each chapter._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Describe briefly six catalogues of libraries specially serviceable
as aids to book selection.

_2._ Give a brief account of four bibliographies of bibliography
stating the method and arrangement of two of them.

_3._ Give a suggestive list of twelve reference books valuable as aids
to book selection.

_4._ Name ten modern books containing valuable bibliographies.

_5._ Name six special bibliographies giving their plan of arrangement.


_Lesson 3._

PRINCIPLES OF SELECTION.

Book knowledge of the ideal selector should be both professional and
technical, connoting familiarity with bibliographical aids, ability to
compile bibliographical lists, and a thorough understanding of good
bookmaking. A knowledge of printing and an acquaintance with the book
trade, and a sense of personal intimacy with the books themselves
is also necessary. Book selection is the most important part of a
librarian’s work.

To be efficient the student must make a study of the many important
aids to book selection and bibliographical guides. His general
education should include a wide knowledge of literary and general
history, with a smattering of the arts and sciences, followed by a
close study of the textual characteristics of books in comparison with
editions and reprints, in analysis of the many and various translations
of standard books and classics. General principles and theory of
selection. Remember that public libraries cater for all readers, those
who seek instruction, and others seeking recreation. Attempt made to
satisfy all classes of readers. Principles governed by the student’s
estimation, of the field of choice; the kind of library to be catered
for; size of the library; amount of money available for book purchase.
Even large libraries can only make a selection; the smaller the library
the smaller the selection within a selection. Selection for public
libraries differs from that necessary for private libraries, the former
selects, the latter collects. Geographical position of the library to
other libraries. Social conditions of the population. Proportional
representation. Methods of selection. Choice between editions.
Withdrawals and replacements. Unfinished publications. Donations.
Duplication. Classification as an aid to selection. Second-hand books.
Reader’s suggestions. Revision of stock.


READING LIST.

Adams--The problem of the small public library. _L.J. Vol. 29, 1904,
pp. 365-367._

Bacon--Principles of book selection. _N.Y. Libraries. Vol. I. 1907, pp.
3-6._

Baker--Book selection for public libraries. _In The Librarian’s Guide,
1923. pp. 13-17._

Baker--Book selection: fundamental principles and some application.
_L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 17-29._

Baker--Wanted a guide to books. _L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900, pp. 89-97._

Barrett--On the selection of books for branch libraries. _L.A.R. Vol.
6, 1904, pp. 179-191._

Bascom--Book selection. _(A.L.A. Manual of library economy. Chap. 16).
Published separately, 1922._

Bostwick--The American public library. _3rd edition. Appleton: New
York, 1923. Chaps. 10 and 11, pp. 132-161._

Bostwick--How to raise the standard of book selection. _P.L., Vol. 14,
1909, pp. 163-67._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Chap. II. Paras.
170-196, pp. 141-160._

_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Chap. 13. Paras. 174-206, pp.
167-188._

Brown--The small library. _The English Library. Chap. 9, pp. 109-138._

Brown--Plea for a select list of books. _L. Vol. 7, 1895, pp. 363-366._

Brown--Book selection. _L.W. Vol. 26, 1923-24, pp. 98-104._

Burgoyne--On the choice of books for small libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 3,
1901, pp. 189-197._

Burgoyne--Selection and purchase of books. _L.A.R. Vol. I., 1899, pp.
136-157, also in L.W., Vol. I., 1898, pp. 157-159._

Cutler-Fairchild--Principles of selection of books. _L.J., Vol. 20,
1895, pp. 339-341._

Cutter--Should libraries buy only the best books or the best books that
people will read? _L.J., Vol. 26, 1901, pp. 70-72._

Dana--Library primer. _pp. 39-45._

Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Part
2. Chaps. 13 and 25, pp. 181-192; 392-396._

Foster--Where ought the emphasis to be placed in library purchases?
_L.J., Vol. 29, 1904, pp. 229-237._

Harrison--On the choice of books. _Macmillan, 1903. 5s._

Lindsay--Some general principles of book selection. _P.L. Vol. 10,
1905, pp. 267-271._

McColvin--The theory of book selection for public libraries. _Grafton,
1925. 7s. 6d. Passim._

Mudge--New Guide to reference books. _1923. Introduction._

_or_ Kroeger--Guide to ... reference books. _Introduction._

Public Library’s aim in bookbuying. _L. Vol. 6, 1906. Also in L.J.,
Vol. 31, 1906, pp. 119-123._

Savage--Book selection. _L.A. Vol. 4., 1901, pp. 190._

Savage--A plea for the analytical study of the reading habit. _L.A.R.,
(New Series), Vol. 2, 1924, pp. 210-225._

Spofford--A book for all readers. _Putnams Sons: New York. Chap. I.,
pp. 3-32._

Stewart _and_ Clarke--Book selection. _pp. 1-7._

Walker--Practical book selection methods. _L.A.R. (New series). Vol. 2,
1924, pp. 157-164. Also published separately._

Willcock--Proportional representation. _L.A.R., Vol. 6, 1904, pp.
336-344._

Williams--Manual of book selection for the librarian and book lover.
_Chap. I., pp. 1-6._

Williams--Some principles of book selection. _L.A., Vol. 13, 1916, pp.
133-136; 140-144._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ You are asked to select books for a public library in a town of
200,000 inhabitants. State what number of volumes you would allocate
to the lending and reference departments respectively, and add a table
showing the proportional representation of the different main classes
in each department.

_2._ State what guides to selection you would consult in selecting an
initial stock of 25,000 volumes.

_3._ Do you consider it advisable to draw up a series of principles to
be followed in book selection? If so state these principles briefly.

_4._ In forming a collection of 10,000 volumes for a small public
library, how would you ensure that no great author or important subject
had been missed?

_5._ In forming the initial stock for a public library what class of
books would you endeavour to purchase second-hand?

_6._ A public library has an income of £15,000 per annum. State how
much should be spent on (_1_) Lending department; new books; old books;
replacements, and (_2_) Reference library books?


_Lesson 4._

AIDS AND GUIDES TO BOOK SELECTION.

The number of guides to book selection is very large and the student
will find the best selections in Mudge’s “New guide to reference
books,” pp. _224-226_; Kroeger’s “Guide ... to reference books”; pp.
_111-112_; Williams’s “Manual of book selection”; and Stewart and
Clarke’s “Book selection.” The numerous guides named in these books
should be carefully noted. If possible try to examine the books
themselves and note their scope, standpoint, arrangement, and special
features (if any).


READING LIST.

Baker--Book reviews. _L.A.R. Vol. 4, 1902, pp. 28-36._

Bostwick--Librarian as censor. _L.J. Vol. 33, 1908, pp. 237-244;
257-264._

Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chap. 7, pp. 115-142._

Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Part
I. Chaps. 4-7, pp. 40-109._

Hulme--Librarian’s aids. _L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp. 119-132._

Mudge--New guide to reference books. _pp. 224-226._

_or_ Kroeger--Guide to ... reference books, _pp. 111-117_.

Peplow--Some tentative proposals for the compilation of a catalogue
of best books. _L.A.R. Vol. II., 1909, pp. 222-228. Discussion, pp.
245-249._

Stewart--How to use a library. _pp. 24-31._

Stewart _and_ Clarke--Book selection. _Chap. 2, pp. 7-16._

Value of reviews: discussion. _L.J. Vol. 33, 1908, pp. 101._

Williams--Manual of book selection. _Chap. 2, pp. 7-16._

Williams--Book selection. _L. & B.W. Vol. 7, 1917, pp. 164-166; 182-5;
202-5._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Name six guides to book selection in general, and add notes
describing the scope and plan of compilation of three of them.

_2._ State how you would ascertain what later editions are available of
books mentioned in the standard guides.

_3._ Mention two standard works on each of the following subjects
you would select for a lending library:--wireless telegraphy; French
Revolution; English literature; modern history; and political economy.

_4._ State what you consider to be the six most important contributions
to bibliographical literature during the last ten years.

_5._ What are the principal aids to book selection in the following
subjects:--education; music; science; juvenile literature, and
philosophy.


_Lesson 5._

PROSE FICTION. YOUNG PEOPLE’S LITERATURE. REFERENCE SECTION.

(_a_) PROSE FICTION:--

The selection of prose fiction is not an easy task. Selection should be
made on principles as given in Lesson 3. Consideration must be given to
the percentage of fiction in relation to other classes, also the class
of fiction in demand. Principal authors of all countries should be
represented. Foreign masterpieces should be obtainable in the original.
Exclusion of immoral works essential. The librarian or selector will
soon realise that he has the most difficult class of reader to satisfy.
Selection of novelists will differ with each selector, as in most cases
it will be found possible to make only a selection from a selection.
About 50 new novels are published weekly, and only the largest
libraries are able to purchase most of the suitable fiction. The
question of duplication must be carefully considered. The replacement
of worn-out and withdrawn books. The second-hand book market. A
knowledge of the many guides to fiction necessary, supplemented by
periodical literature. Note the literary histories of the various
countries, especially the “Cambridge history of English literature”
as useful guides to selection. For lists of bibliographies consult
Williams’s “Manual of book selection,” pp. _45-47_, and Mudge’s “New
guide to reference books,” pp. _141-143_.


READING LIST.

Bacon--What makes a novel immoral? _L.A. Vol. 13, 1910-13, pp. 129.
Also in Wisconsin Library Bulletin, Vol. 6, 1910, pp. 83-95._

Baker--French fiction in public libraries. _L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900, pp.
68-81._

Baker--Standard of fiction in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907,
pp. 70-80; 98-103._

Bascom--Selection of fiction. _Wisconsin Lib. Bul. Vol. 9, 1913, pp.
34-40._

Brown--In defence of Emma Jane. _L.W. Vol. II., 1908-09, pp. 161-6._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Chap. 11, para. 177,
pp. 145-6._

_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Sect. 181._

Crunden--New novel problem. _L. (New Series). Vol. I., 1899-1900, pp.
92-100._

Guppy--French fiction and French juvenile literature for the public
library. _L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900, pp., 357-371._

Herdman--Place and treatment of fiction in public libraries. L.A. _Vol.
6, 1909, pp. 357-380. Discussion, pp. 381-2._

McIntosh--Fiction selection. _P.L. Vol. 19, 1914, pp. 389-392._

Sawyer--Questionable books. _L.J. Vol. 40, 1915, pp. 691-699._

Shuman--How to judge a novel. _P.L. Vol. 14, 1909, pp. 259-260._

Sinclair--In defence of the novel. _L.A. Vol. 18, 1925, pp. 35-47;
56-57._

Walsh--What our libraries should supply. _L.J. Vol. 40, 1915, pp.
297-298._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ You are called upon to form a collection of 10,000 volumes of
prose fiction. State what works you would consult to aid you in your
selection?

_2._ Compare the following bibliographies, as aids to the selection of
prose fiction:--

  Baker--A guide to the best fiction in English.

  Bowen--Descriptive catalogue of historical novels and tales.

  Nield---Guide to the best historical novels and tales.

_3._ Give your opinion on how far foreign fiction should be represented
in a public library. State whether you are in favour of the original
works or of translations.


(_b_) YOUNG PEOPLE’S LITERATURE:--

Great care should be taken in the selection of books for the Young
People’s department. The tastes of the children must be the _chief_
guide, and this will depend to a considerable extent upon the locality
in which the child lives. The facts of child psychology are always
subject to local conditions. The selection of books for young people
who reside in a residential town will differ, even if very slight,
to the selection that should be made for children living in a busy
industrial or manufacturing centre. Classical literature must not
be forced upon young people, but it should be well represented in
beautifully illustrated editions, to encourage the young people to read
“the best.” The physical form of books selected must receive special
consideration. Good paper, clear type and beautiful illustrations
appeal to all readers. Cheap editions should be avoided. The aim of
a juvenile collection is to create a reading adult with the ability
to discriminate what he ought to read, for this reason educational
editions are not recommended for purchase. Sensational literature is
undesirable. Collections should be composed of works of romance and
adventure, school stories, fairy tales, stories of home and domestic
life. Books of a more serious nature however, must not be overlooked,
and a choice selection made treating with the lives of the great
men and women of all ages, botany, electricity, conduct of life,
engineering, geology, history, sports and pastimes, aviation, wireless
telegraphy, gardening, painting, art, natural history, etc.


READING LIST.

Bostwick--The making of an American’s library. _Boston, 1915, pp.
91-123._

Brown--The small library. _Chaps. 2 and 4, pp. 11-27; 55-70._

Brown--Books for very young children. _L.W. Vol. 9, 1906-07, pp. 282-9._

Cannons--Selection of books and editions for children. _L.A.R. Vol. 20,
1918, pp. 68-76._

Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Part
2. Chaps. 14-23, pp. 193-381._

Field--Finger posts to children’s reading. _6th edition. Chicago, 1911._

Forbes _and_ Derthick--Children’s books and what constitutes a good
edition. _P.L. Vol. 17, 1912, pp. 118-20._

Hazeltine, _editor_--Library work with children. _Classics of American
Librarianship. H. W. Wilson Co.: New York, 1917; also Grafton, 7s. 6d.
Special attention to pp. 23-45; 363-366._

Hulst--The organisation of the course in literature in secondary
schools. _English Journal. Vol. I., 1912, pp. 72-83._

Hunt--Selection of children’s books. _In her Library work with
children. A.L.A. Manual of library economy._

Jackson--The older girl and her reading. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 9, 1915,
pp. 54-56._

Kelly--Selection of juvenile books for a small library. _P.L. Vol.14,
1909, pp. 308-9; 367-372._

Lawrence--How shall children be led to love good books? _P.L. Vol. 11,
1906, pp. 179-183._

Olcott---Childrens’ reading. _Boston, 1912._

Pearson--The children’s librarian _versus_ Huckleberry Finn. _L.J. Vol.
32, 1907, pp. 312-314._

Powell--The Children’s library: a dynamic factor in education. _H.
W. Wilson Co., New York, 1917; also Grafton, 10s. 6d. Chap. II. pp.
287-319. The bibliography on book selection on pp. 437-452 is most
valuable and should be carefully read._

Sayers--The children’s library. _Chaps. 1, 15, 16, pp. 1-14; 156-203._

Smith--Some story book children of England. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 9,
1925, pp. 51-54._

Terman _and_ Lima--Children’s reading: a guide for parents and
teachers. _Appleton: New York, 1926. $2._

Thompson--On the selection of books for children. _L.J. Vol. 32, 1907,
pp. 427-233._

Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 47-51._

In addition to the above consult the “Children’s Catalogue,” _3rd
edition, revised and enlarged_, compiled by Minnie Earl Sears based on
“Children’s Catalog of thirty-five hundred books,” compiled by Corinne
Bacon, containing _4,100_ titles with _863_ books analyzed, _640_
pages. _H. W. Wilson Co, 1925, $12._ The Glasgow Corporation Public
Libraries “Guide for young readers,” the “Descriptive handbook to
juvenile literature in the Finsbury Public Libraries,” the “Requisition
list of books for school lending libraries, by the London County
Council,” “The Pittsburgh Carnegie Library graded juvenile catalogues,”
and the bibliographical lists given in Sayers’s “Children’s Library.”


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Name six modern guides to juvenile selection, and describe any
three of them.

_2._ Prepare a list of 20 books which you consider the best works of
reference for the shelves of a Young People’s Room, to enable the
children to improve their scholastic studies.

_3._ In selecting books for the Young People’s section how far would
you be governed by the physical form of the book?


(_c_) REFERENCE BOOKS:--

Select collection of reference books is the foundation of a good
reference library. Its utility reckoned by extent and quick service
its selection will furnish when demands are made. Large reference
libraries should satisfy all demands. Small library collection from
a selection, with “quick reference” books its strongest section. How
to judge whether a book is more suitable for the reference than the
lending department. Place books in the department where they will be
most useful. Such works as encyclopedias, directories, dictionaries,
atlases, maps, etc., state and parliamentary papers are obviously
reference books; antiquarian works and exceptionally large books are
also reference books. Allocation of rare, art, and large books. Cost
of a book should not be a consideration in deciding lending _versus_
reference books. How far should duplication be carried? Great number of
reference works may be obtained second hand. Latest editions, excepting
art, essential. Occasional text-books necessary. Local industries well
represented. How a reference library is supplemented when in the same
building as the lending library. If lending library books are available
in the reference library decision of allocation becomes easier. Special
facilities available for the loan of reference books. Periodical
literature is a valuable asset to a reference library. Many good
articles never appear in book-form.


READING LIST.

Ballinger--Municipal library and its public. _L. (.N.S.). Vol 9, 1909,
p. 309._

Barrett--Selection of books for a reference library. _L. Vol. 8, 1896,
pp. 473-481._

Borrajo--Books for the reference library. _L.A.R. Vol. 1, 1899, pp.
770-780._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Chap. 11, para. 185,
pp. 152-3._

_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Sects. 188; 411; pp. 176-177;
382-386._

British Museum.--_Department of printed books._ List of books forming
the reference library in the reading room. _2 vols., 1910._

Dent--Notes on the formation of a small reference library. _L. Vol. 8,
1896, pp. 531-535._

Moore--Municipal reference libraries. _In Public Libraries, 1917, pp.
70-85._

Mudge--New guide to reference books. _A.L.A. Chicago, 1923.
Introduction._

Reference work and reference works. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 4, 1920, pp.
98-131. Every effort should be made to read this valuable article._

Richardson--Reference books. _L.J. Vol. 18, 1892, pp. 245-247._

Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 66-71._

Williams--Reference book selection. _L. & B. W. Vol. 8, 1917, pp. 4-6;
23-25._

Wood--Selection of books for a reference library. _L. Vol. 8, 1896, pp.
522-530._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ In forming a reference collection of 10,000 volumes, how would you
ensure that no important author or subject had been missed?

_2._ What principles would guide you in deciding whether a book is more
suitable for the reference than the lending department?

_3._ Give a list of 25 books (excluding local directories) which you
think indispensable for “quick reference” in a reference library.

_4._ What bibliographical guides would you provide in a reference
library?


_Lesson 6._

COMMERCIAL LIBRARIES. LOCAL COLLECTIONS. OTHER SPECIAL COLLECTIONS.


(_a_) COMMERCIAL LIBRARIES:--

Originally organised to meet trade conditions after the European War.
Should be the centre where business men may obtain reliable commercial
information immediately on demand, and should contain Commercial
and Industrial data (reports of Boards of Trade and Agriculture and
Fisheries, Consular and Colonial reports, Parliamentary publications
relating to commerce, trade periodicals and catalogues, reports
of Chambers of Commerce, statistical publications). Geographical
information (atlases, maps, gazetteers, directories, books of travel
written from the standpoint of commercial development). Transport
and communication (shipping, railway and postal guides, telephone
directories, telegraphic codes). Financial information (tariffs,
foreign exchanges, banking, company reports). Commercial and industrial
law. Business organisation (office methods, advertising, salesmanship,
works management, accountancy, costing, etc.). Working collection of
special and general reference books. Journals of commerce, industry and
finance.

The following bibliographical aids should be examined:--

  Cannons (H. G. T.)--Bibliography of industrial efficiency and factory
  management. _1920._ Greenwood (E.)--Classified guide to technical
  and commercial books; a subject list of the principal British and
  American works in print. _1904._ Morley (L. H.) _and_ Knight
  (A. C.)--2,400 business books and guide to business literature;
  [compiled] under the direction of J. C. Dana. _1920. Grafton, 30s._


READING LIST.

Brown--Manual of library economy. _Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers.
Sects. 450-459, pp. 418-423._

Jast--The commercial library. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 118-124._

Pitt--Memoranda on commercial libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp.
175-178._

Pitt _and others_--Commercial libraries. _In Public Libraries, 1917,
pp. 47-64; 117-120._

Savage--Technical and commercial libraries. _L.A.R., Vol. 20, 1918, pp.
159-162._

Sparke--How the public library can help the business man. _Bolton
Public Libraries. 1s. Passim._

Whitton--Proposed library of municipal affairs. _L.J. Vol. 33, 1908,
pp. 224._

_Refer also to_ Handbooks on commercial libraries issued by the
Glasgow, Manchester, Bolton, Birmingham and other important libraries.


QUESTIONS.

_1._ What bibliographies would you place in a commercial library? Give
reasons for your choice.

_2._ Give a list of 25 books essential to the man of business.

_3._ Discuss the value of consular and colonial reports in a commercial
library.

_4._ From what sources may the commercial librarian supply up-to-date
information on any trade or industry?


(_b_) LOCAL COLLECTIONS:--

Every public library should have its local collection, and the book
selector should keep a careful look out for (_1_) all literature
referring to the locality; (_2_) maps, plans, prints, drawings,
photographs, etc., of the locality; (_3_) writings of local authors;
(_4_) newspapers and periodicals issued locally; (_5_) literature
printed locally; (_6_) local records, such as parish registers, rate
books, and other MSS., printed transactions of the local authorities,
local Acts of Parliament, etc., and (_7_) specimens of the work of
local binders, if of any eminence. Many local works may be selected
from the second-hand booksellers’ catalogues. County bibliographies
are useful in guiding selection, and the columns of the “Publishers’
Circular” must not be overlooked.


READING LIST.

Anderton--On planning a printed catalogue of local literature. _L.A.R.
Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 542-552._

Baker--Our local collections and local documents. _L.A.R. Vol. 11,
1909, pp. 96-98._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition, Chap. 11, para 186,
pp. 153-4._

_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Chap. 28, paras. 422-444._

Collier--Local records in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp.
268-275._

Minto--Bibliography of local literature. _L.A.R. Vol. 4, 1902, pp.
37-44._

Reese--What is a local author? _L.J. Vol. 44, 1919, p. 43._

Ross--Book selection; local collections. _L.W. Vol. 10, 1907. pp.
71-76._

Sparke--Local collections in public libraries. _L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900,
pp. 185-187._

Webb--Function of the public library in respect to the political
sciences. _L.A.R., Vol. 7, 1905._

Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection. _pp. 61-62._

Wright--Local collections: what should be collected and how to obtain
material. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 1-11._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ State briefly what class of books you would select in forming a
local collection.

_2._ What principles would you follow in compiling a bibliography or
catalogue of local books?

_3._ What examples of local bibliographies are known to you? Describe
any three.

_4._ Describe generally the plan, contents and aim of the two following
books:--

  Sparke (A)--Bibliographia Boltoniensis: being a bibliography of
  Bolton authors, _and_

  Hawkes (A. J.)--Lancashire printed books: a bibliography of all the
  books printed in Lancashire down to the year 1800. _1925._


(_c_) OTHER SPECIAL COLLECTIONS:--

_Technical Libraries._--Technical libraries are now essential both
to technical education and to manufacture. They should consist of
all modern text-books, encyclopædias, directories, etc. Polyglot and
technological dictionaries. Current digests and indexes to periodical
literature and state publications.


READING LIST.

Hulme--Technical libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 484-497._

Hulme _and others_--Technical libraries. _In Public Libraries, 1917,
pp. 65-77; 114-117._

Matthews--The technical library. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 141-157._

Reynolds--The technical library in its relation to the educational and
industrial development. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 250-261._

Savage--Technical libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 264-270._

Savage--Technical and commercial libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 20, 1918, pp.
159-162._

Simmett--Technical libraries and intelligence. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920,
pp. 124-140._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ What critical and specialised aids has the librarian to help him
in his selection of technical books?

_2._ How far is a library justified in forming special technical
collections?


_Foreign Collections_:--

READING LIST.

American Library Association--Foreign book lists. Nos. 1-7. Boston
and Chicago. _A.L.A. Publishing Board, 1907-16. Contents--1.--German.
2.--Hungarian. 3.--French. 4.--Norwegian and Danish. 5.--Swedish.
6.--Polish. 7.--Russian._

Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection. _pp. 72-75._

Williams--Selection of foreign literature. _L. &. B.W. Vol. 8, 1917,
pp. 25-26; 44-46._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ What bibliographical or other guides would you consult in forming
a representative collection of standard French and German literature?

_2._ What classes of modern foreign literature would you purchase for a
lending library catering for a population of 200,000.


_Books for the Blind._

READING LIST.

Neisser--Report of the A.L.A. Committee on library work with the blind.
_A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 2, 1908, pp. 216-221._

Roebuck--Literature for the blind, and the public library movement in
connection therewith. _L.A. Vol. 3, 1902, pp. 253-260._


_Lesson 7._

SELECTION OF SPECIAL CLASSES OF LITERATURE--_continued_.

PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION.--Should the selection of philosophical
and religious works be made without principles the result will be
unsatisfactory. Consecutive reading must always be borne in mind.
One-sided selection avoided. Nelson’s “Standard Books, Vols. _1_ and
_2_, Sonnenschein’s “Best Books, Part _1_,” and Robertson’s “Courses
of study,” should be carefully consulted when selection is being
made. Sectarian and “crank” literature should be avoided in selecting
religious works. Jastrow’s “Study of religion” is recommended for
careful reading as an introduction to religion. Hurst’s “Biblioteca
theologia” and _his_ “Literature of theology,” Frazer’s “Golden
Bough,” Vol. _12_ (for bibliography) and Rands’ “Bibliography,” in
Baldwin’s “Dictionary of philosophy and psychology,” Vol. _3_ are
useful in selection. In both these classes modern thought must be well
represented.


READING LIST.

Ayres--Theological literature in libraries. _L.J. Vol. 28, 1903, pp.
601-603._

Bisseker--A student’s library. _Kelly, 1911, pp. 46-122; 184-208;
243-265; 271-280._

Bowerman--Principles governing the choice of religious and theological
books for public libraries. _L.J. Vol. 30, 1905, pp. 137-140._

Deane--A library of religion. _Mowbray, 1918._

Jastrow--Study of religion. _Cont. Science Series. Scott, 1901. Take
particular note of the Bibliography on pp. 399-415._

Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection. _pp. 20-24._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ What guide books would you consult in selecting a nucleus stock of
books in philosophy and religion?

_2._ How would you be guided in the discarding of obsolete books in
this section?

_3._ What are the principal periodical guides to new books of religion
and philosophy?


SOCIOLOGY.--Always a popular class of literature with the reading
public. Frequent revision of stock is essential to retain a “live”
class. Subjects like political science and statistics must be
represented by the latest editions. The following are the chief
guides to selection:--Nelson’s “Standard books,” Vol. _1_; Bisseker’s
“Student’s library,” _pp. 209-239; 281-297_; Bliss’s “Handbook of
socialism”; Bowker and Isle’s “Readers guide to economic, social,
and political science”; Fabian Society’s “What to read on social and
economic subjects”; Robertson’s “Courses of study”; Sonnenschein’s
“Best books,” Vol. _2_; Stammhammer’s “Bibliographie der sozialismus
und kommunismus”; “Bibliographie der sozialwissenschaften,” _1905_ to
date; Bulkeley’s “Bibliographical survey of contemporary sources for
the economic and social history of the War”; Zimand’s “Modern social
movements”; and _in_ Williams’s “Manual of book selection,” _pp. 24-26_.


QUESTIONS.

_1._ How would you find out what later editions are available of books
given in the standard guides?

_2._ Give a brief account of Gross’s “Bibliography of British municipal
history,” and its value in the selection of books on sociology.

_3._ Draw up a graded reading course of not more than twelve books on
political economy.


SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY:--

The two most important sections in a public library, as the subjects in
both classes continually change and develop. In no other classes do
works so soon become obsolete. Before making selection for an initial
stock it is advisable to read through as many brief histories of the
sciences as possible as they will enumerate the writers whose influence
in the various sciences have been greatest. The standard bibliographies
must be consulted in selecting initial stock, but when formed, it must
be kept alive by a careful reading of the periodical literature, where
the latest information will be obtained. As new editions of works in
stock are published, they must be purchased if they contain additional
or revised material, and take the place of the old edition on the
shelf. The British Science Guild’s “Catalogue of British scientific and
technical books,” first published in 1921, new and revised edition,
1925, complete with author and subject indexes, together with the
numerous guides mentioned in Mudge’s “New guide to reference books,”
pp. _23_ (technical lists); _97-104_ and _104-114_ will render ample
assistance to the selector, who will also find the British Museum
Subject Index most useful for the titles of books in these classes
published in England.


READING LIST.

Bisseker--A student’s library. _pp. 156-183; 266-270._

Clarke--Scientific text books and the disposal of books out-of-date.
_L. Vol. 6, 1894, pp. 164-167._

Craver--The library in relation to special classes of readers. _L.J.
Vol. 31, 1906, pp. 72._

Hulme _and others_--Technical libraries. _In Public Libraries: their
development and future organisation, 1917, pp. 65-77; 114-117._

Jast--Technical libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp. 467-472._

Morris--Popular science for the public library. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 7,
1922, pp. 27-50._

Savage--Some difficulties in the selection of scientific and
technological books. _L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908, pp. 162-174._

Savage--Science and technology in public libraries. _L. Vol. 12, 1909,
pp. 1-4; 46-48._

Sohon (J. A.) _and_ Schaaf (W. L.)--A reference list of bibliographies,
chemistry, chemical technology and chemical engineering published since
_1900_. _Wilson: New York, 1924. $2.50._

Williams--_In_ Manual of book selection. _pp. 17-19; 28-30._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ “This section requires constant revision and weeding out if it is
to be a live section.” Discuss this statement.

_2._ Name a bibliography on each of the following subjects: astronomy;
physics; botany; wireless telegraphy; chemical technology.

_3._ Describe six general guides to book selection in this section.


LITERATURE:--

Very little material has been published on what is best to select in
pure literature. Probably the article “Literature” in the Encyclopædia
“Britannica” is the best introduction, followed by W. H. Hudson’s
“An introduction to the study of literature”, H. B. Charlton’s “Art
of literary study: an approach to literature for the plain man,”
and Bisseker’s “A student’s library,” _pp. 11-45_, for general
literature. For English the “Cambridge history of English literature,”
_14_ vols., Knowlson’s “How to study English literature,” Manly and
Rickert’s “Contemporary British literature,” and Williams’s “Craft of
literature,” may be profitably read and Cant’s “Bibliography of English
drama from _1890-1920_, giving separate titles and short annotations.”
_L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 41-57_ and Brown’s “The realm of poetry,”
_1921_ should be consulted. Pancoast’s “American literature,” and
“History of American literature,” being supplementary volumes to the
“Cambridge history of English literature,” should be followed for
American literature. The bibliographies and many guides mentioned on
_pp. 120-150_ in Mudge’s “New guide to reference books,” should be
carefully looked through. “A register of bibliographies of the English
language and literature, by C. S. Northup _and others_.” Milford,
_1925_, should also be consulted. The general principles of book
selection must now be applied, and care taken to be certain that the
principal dramatists, poets, essayists, etc., are well represented.
Text books dealing with the literary histories of all countries should
be available, as well as all guides to literary forms.


QUESTIONS

_1._ What are the principal aids to book selection in the following
subjects:--drama; American literature; English poetry; and Spanish
literature?

_2._ Name six dictionaries of quotations, and two of similes.

_3._ Where several translations of a standard foreign work are
available, how would you be guided in making your choice of one?


LANGUAGE:--

Systematic selection essential if the stock is to prove valuable
and useful. The standard modern works on all languages should be
represented and attention paid to the historical side. Naturally, works
on our own language will have preference over all others, followed by
a good selection of works on the French, German, Italian, Spanish and
Russian languages. Other nationalities should be represented according
to the demands made by the public. Students should read the article
“Language” in the Encyclopædia Britannica, and as aids to selection
consult the following works:--Nelson’s “Standard books,” Vol. _3_;
Sonnenschein’s “Best books,” Vol. _3_; Breule’s “Handy bibliographical
guide to the study of German language and literature”; Braunholtz’s
“Books of reference and teachers of French”; Robertson’s “Courses of
study”; and Williams’s “Manual of book selection,” _pp 26-27_.


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Give your opinion as to the best dictionary of the English
language when the purchase is limited to one.

_2._ Name dictionaries for the following subjects:-- synonyms; slang;
rhymes.

_3._ Name the best dictionaries for the following languages:
Anglo-Saxon; French; German; Italian and Spanish.


_Lesson 8._

FINE AND RECREATIVE ARTS. HISTORY. BIOGRAPHY. GEOGRAPHY. TRAVEL.

Fine and Recreative Arts.--Another class where principles must be
carefully followed, otherwise a lot of money may be wasted. The general
histories, text-books and outlines should present no difficulty. It is
when we come to books where the illustrations form the predominating
feature that difficulties arise. Many splendid guides are available,
including Nelson’s “Standard books,” compiled by the staff of the
National Art Library, South Kensington; Sturgis and Krehbiel’s
“Annotated bibliography of Fine Art,” compiled by experts; and the
British Museum Subject Index. For reference:--the “Universal catalogue
of books on art,” _1870-77_; and Macfall’s “History of painting” are
also useful. Bibliographical articles in the encyclopædias should not
be overlooked. Note the bibliographies and guides mentioned in Mudge’s
“Reference books,” _pp. 114-120_. Guides to special subjects are too
numerous to mention here, and the student is referred to the lists
published by the South Kensington Museum.


READING LIST.

Batsford--Some suggestions on the formation of a small library of
reference books on ornament and the decorative arts. _L. Vol. 9, 1897,
pp. 251-269._

Books valuable in the study of art. _P.L. Vol. 13, 1908, pp. 253-4._

Hitchcock--Books on fine and decorative arts suggested for small public
libraries. _P.L. Vol. 7, 1902, pp. 25-27._

McColvin--Music in public libraries. _Grafton, 1924. 7s. 6d. Passim._

Mathews--Libraries and music. _L. Vol. 5, 1893, pp. 190-2._

Musical libraries: discussion. _P.L. Vol. 3, pp. 53-4._

Weale--Two notes for art libraries. _L. (N.S.), Vol. 1, 1899-1900, pp.
365-7._

Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 30-32._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ What principles would you be guided by in deciding what edition of
a book should be purchased out of a number of editions?

_2._ Mention the principal aids to book selection in any two of the
following subjects:--Christian art; ceramics; decorative art; painting;
freehand drawing; Italian art; schools of painting; music.

_3._ Make a selection of periodicals useful as aids to book selection
of fine and recreative arts.

_4._ Discuss the advisability of co-operation by neighbouring libraries
in the purchase of the larger and more expensive art books.

_5._ State what books you would use to find the market price of the
older art books.

_6._ Name four booksellers who specialise in fine art books.

History, Biography, Geography and Travel:--Consecutive selection
necessary. All epochs should be represented and British history well
covered. The chief guides to selection are Sonnenschein’s “Best books,”
Vol. _3_; Nelson’s “Standard books”; Robertson’s “Courses of study”;
Langlois’s “Manuel de bibliographie historique,” part _1_ (_1907_);
Adams’s “Manual of historical literature” (_3rd revised edition,
1903_); Annual bulletin and select lists of the Historical Association.
Gross’s “Sources and literature of English history” and _his_
“Bibliography of British municipal history” are excellent for British
history. Sir P. Protheroe’s “Select analytical list of books concerning
the Great (European) War” is the best guide to the literature of the
European War.

Bibliographies found in Mudge’s “Reference books,” _pp. 183-196_, the
Cambridge Histories and the “Story of the Nations” series are valuable
aids.

Guides to biography are scarce but Chambers’s “Biographical
dictionary,” Chambers’s “Encyclopædia,” and the “Dictionary of National
biography” supplemented by Mudge, _pp. 150-168_, will answer most calls
made upon them.

Voyages and travels always command a good reading public but care
should be taken to exclude ephemeral “globe-trotting” variety.

For geography and travel Mill’s “Guide to geographical books and
appliances,” revised by A. J. Herbertson and N. E. MacMunn will be
found indispensable. It includes geographical novels, general reference
works, lists of text-books, in fact nearly a bibliography of geography.
The bibliographies found at the end of each chapter of Mill’s
“International geography” will also be found useful. In the selection
of the older books Anderson’s “Book of British topography” although now
a little out of date is still valuable, and Mudge, _pp. 172-183_ should
also be consulted.


READING LIST.

Adams--Manual of historical literature. _Harper: New York, 1903._

Bibliographies in the “Story of the Nations” series.

Bisseker--A student’s library. _pp. 123-155._

Gross--Bibliography of British municipal history. _Longmans: New York,
1897._

Gross--Sources and literature of English history from the earliest
times to about 1485. _Longmans, 1915._

Hall--Methods of teaching history. _Harrap, 1913._

Larned--Literature of American history. _A.L.A. Pub. Board, Boston._

Langlois--Manuel de bibliographie historique. _2 vols._ _Hachette,
Paris, 1901-04._

Robertson--Courses of study. _pp. 139-328; 366-370._

Sykes--Biography for a small library. _Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol. 2, 1918, pp.
116-119._

Williams--Manual of book selection. _pp. 52-55._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Mention two books on each of the following subjects which you
would recommend to a reader:--Joan of Arc; French Revolution; Oliver
Cromwell; European War; London; Gunpowder Plot.

_2._ Draw up an annotated reading course of not less than ten books on
British history.

_3._ Name six periodicals valuable as aids to book selection in this
section.


_Lesson 9._

SELECTION OF PERIODICALS.

Primary object in the selection of periodicals should be to supplement
the stock of books in the library by up-to-date literature not
available in book form. The second consideration should be to aim at
supplying magazines for recreation as well as instruction. On the
same principle that crank and sectarian works are prohibited from the
best book stocks so should periodicals of this nature be excluded.
Trade, scientific, technical, and special periodicals should receive
first consideration, and special attention given to the papers that
cover the chief industries of the town to be served. A good selection
of periodicals dealing with literature, art, science, etc., will add
attractiveness to the room. Newspapers selected should represent
the political parties impartially. The various press guides, lists
published by large libraries, such as the Mitchell Library and
Cannons’s “Classified guide to _1,700_ annuals, directories and year
books,” _Grafton. 1923, 5s._, will be found useful in the selection of
this class of literature.


READING LIST.

Briscoe--Selection of periodicals. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 215-216._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition._ _Chap._ 11. _para.
200, pp. 163-165_.

_or_ Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. _Chap. 13, paras. 203-204._

Brown--Selection of current periodicals. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, pp. 591-597._

Dana--Periodicals for a small library. _P.L. Vol. 11, 1906, p. 367._

Mudge--New guide to reference books. _pp. 5-23._

Kroeger--Guide to ... reference books. _pp. 1-31._

Steele--A selected list of periodicals which review books. _Ont. Lib.
Rev., Vol. 8, 1923, pp. 12-13._

Walter--Periodicals for a small library. _1919 edition. A.L.A. Pub.
Board, Chicago. 1919. 15c._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Make an annotated list of the monthly and quarterly periodicals
you would consider necessary in a reading room serving a population of
100,000.

_2._ Briefly describe how you would deal with periodicals offered
gratis.

_3._ Make a selection of newspapers and periodicals on:--economics,
education, engineering, not more than six on each, indicating their
valuable features and giving published prices.

_4._ Describe the general contents and special features of any three of
the following periodicals, and any two of the annuals:--

  English Review        Connoisseur
  Whitaker’s Almanack   Ueber Land und Meer
  Revue des deux mondes British Trade Year Book
  The Reader            Librarians’ Guide
  Annual Register       Decimal Educator

_5._ Make an annotated list of ten periodicals you would select for a
Young People’s Reading Room.


TEST EXAMINATION.

_Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc._

_1._ Write a short essay on the principles of book selection as applied
to public libraries.

_2._ Name the various kinds of bibliographies available as aids to book
selection, and give an account of two in each section.

_3._ State briefly what you know of the following catalogues, giving
the method of arrangement of each:--British Museum; London Library;
John Rylands Library, and Cambridge University.

_4._ What do you consider to be the twelve best guides to book
selection?

_5._ Discuss the value of “The Annual Register” as an aid to book
selection.

_6._ What books of reference would you consult for anonymous and
pseudonymous works in (_1_) English, (_2_) French and (_3_) German?

_7._ What authors would you recommend to a reader desirous of being
acquainted with Napoleon I.; psychoanalysis; parliament; philately;
Marie Antoinette; Spanish literature; League of Nations, and wireless
telegraphy.

_8._ Give reasons for and against the desirability of not purchasing
fiction until a year after publication.

_9._ Describe briefly not more than six catalogues of libraries
specially serviceable as aids to book selection.

_10._ State briefly on what principles you would be guided in accepting
or declining donations of books.

_11._ Give an annotated list of twelve periodicals you would consider
necessary in a Ladies’ Reading Room.

_12._ Name twelve periodicals that should be permanently stored in a
public reference library.


FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO BOOK SELECTION.

(_1_) SELECT LIST OF UNIVERSAL BIBLIOGRAPHIES.

_Note.--An universal bibliography has not yet been compiled but the
following are recognised as units towards such a work._

_1._ Bibliographical Society of America.--Census of fifteenth century
books owned in America; compiled by a Committee of the Bibliographical
Society of America. _New York, 1919._

_2._ British Museum Library.--Catalogue of books printed in the 15th
century now in the British Museum. _London, 1912-1916. Parts 1-4._

_3._ Brunet (Jacques Charles)--Manuel du libraire et de l’amateur de
livres. 5 éd. originalt entiérement refinde et augm d’un tiers. _Paris,
Didot, 1860-65. 6 Vols._

----Supplément, par P. Deschamps et G. Brunet. _Paris, Didot, 1878-80.
2 Vols._

_4._ Ebert (Friedrich Adolf)--General bibliographical dictionary, from
the German of F. A. Ebert. _Oxford University Press, 1837. 4 Vols._

_5._ Georgi (Gottlieb)--Allgemeines europaisches bucherlexicon in
wilchem die allermeisten autores zu finden, welche noch vor dem anfange
des XVI. seculi bis 1739, in vire theile abgetheilet. _Leipzig, Gorgi,
1742. 4 parts in one._

  ----Fünffter theil. In welchem die franzosischen auctores und bücher
  von allen disciplinen, in alphabetischer ordung zu finden. _Leipzig,
  1753._

  ----Erstes (bis drittes) supplement, _1739-1757. Leipzig, 1750-1758.
  3 vols._

_6._ Græsse (Johann Georg Theodor)--Trésor de livres rares et précieux.
_Dresden, 1859-1869. 7 vols._

_7._ Hain (Ludwig Friedrich Theodor)--Repertorium bibliographicum ad
annum M.D. _Stuttgart, Cottæ, 1826-38. 2 vols, in 4._

  ----Supplement to Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum”; or,
  collection towards a new edition of that work, _par_ W. A. Copinger.
  _London, Sotheran, 1895-1902. 2 vols. in 3._

  ----Appendices ad Hainii-Copingeri “Repertorium bibliographicum”;
  additiones et emendationes editit Dietericus Reichling. _Monachii,
  Rosenthal, 1905-11. 7 vols._

  ----Supplementum cum indice urbium et typographorum. Accedit index
  auctorum generalis totius operis. _Monasterii Guestphalorum,
  Theissingianis, 1914._

  ----Supplement zu Hain und Panzer. Beiträge zur inkunabel
  bibliographie. Nummern--concordanz von Panzer’s lateinischen und
  deutschen Annalen und Ludwig Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum” par
  Konrad Burger. _Leipzig, Hiersemann, 1908._

  ----Ludwig Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum Register.” Die drucker
  des XV. jahrhunderts. _Leipzig. Harrassowitz, 1891._

_8._ Maittaire (Michael)--Annales typographici ab artis inventae
origine ad annum 1664. _Hagae-Comitum, 1719-41. 5 Vols._

  ----Supplementum adornavit M. Denis. _Viennae, 1789, 2 vols._

_9._ Panzer (Georg Wolfgang Franz)--Annales typographici ab artis
inventae origine ad annum 1536. _Norimbergae, 1793-1803. 11 vols._

_10._ Peddie (Robert Alexander)--Conspectus incunabulorum: an index
catalogue of fifteenth century books, with references to Hain’s
“Repertorium,” Copinger’s “Supplement,” Proctor’s “Index,” Pellechet’s
“Catalogue,” Campbell’s “Annales” and other bibliographies. _London,
1910-1914. 2 vols._

_11._ Pellechet (Marie Léontine Catherine)--Catalogue général des
incunables des bibliothèques publiques de France. _Paris, Picard,
1897-1909. Vols. 1-3._

_12._ Proctor (Robert)--Index to the early printed books in the British
Museum from the invention of printing to the year 1500, with notes of
those in the Bodleian Library. _London, Paul, 1898-99. 4 vols._

  ---- Part _2_, _1501-20_. Section _1_, Germany. _London, Paul, 1903._

  ---- Supplements, _1898-1902_. _London, 1900-03. 5 parts._

_13._ Prussian Board of Education--Gesamtkatalog der Wiegendrucke.
Herausgegeben von der Kommission fur den Gesamtkatalog der
Wiegendrucke. _Band 1. Abano-Alexius, Leipzig, 1925, Verlag von Karl W.
Hiersemann. Quaritch, 1925. £3 7s. 6d. To be completed in 12 volumes.
The most complete catalogue of Incunabula._

_14._ Quaritch (Barnard)--General catalogue of books offered to the
public at the affixed prices. _London, 1887-97. 7 vols. and Supp._

_15._ Watt (Robert)--Bibliotheca Britannica; or, A general index to
British and Foreign literature. _2 parts. Edinburgh, Constable, 1824. 4
vols._


(_2_) SELECT LIST OF TRADE BIBLIOGRAPHIES.

AMERICAN:--

Roorbach (Orville Augustus)--Bibliotheca Americana _1820-61_. _New
York, Roorbach, 1852-61. 4 vols._

A catalogue of American publications arranged alphabetically by authors
and titles. Publisher, date, size and price also given.

Kelly (James)--American catalogue of books published in the United
States from January, 1861 to January, 1871. _New York, Wiley, 1866-71.
2 vols._

Alphabetical arrangement under authors, titles and subjects. Gives full
particulars of publishers and prices. Well annotated. A continuation of
Roorbach’s work. American catalogue of books _1876-1910_. _New York,
Publisher’s Weekly, 1881-1911 9 vols._

  The standard American list for the period covered (Mudge).

United States catalog: books in print January, 1912; edited by Marion
E. Potter and others. _3rd edition. White Plains, New York, Wilson,
1912._

---- Supplement, _1912-17_. _New York, Wilson, 1918._

---- Supplement, January, _1918_--June, _1921_. _New York, Wilson,
1921._

Indispensable to the American book selector.


_Annual:--_

Annual American Catalogue, 1886-1910. _New York, Publisher’s Weekly,
1887-1911. No more published._

United States catalog. Annual. _New York, Wilson._

  An annual dictionary catalogue.


_Monthly:--_

Cumulative book index. _White Plains, New York, Wilson, 1898-1922.
Vols. 1-24._


ENGLISH:--

Arber (Edward)--Term catalogues, _1668-1709_ A.D. with a number for
Easter term, _1711_ A.D.; a contemporary bibliography of English
literature in the reigns of Charles II., James II., William and Mary,
and Anne; edited from the very rare quarterly lists of new books issued
by booksellers of London. _3 vols. London, Arber, 1903-06._

---- Transcript of the registers of the Company of Stationers of
London, _1554-1640_. _London, 1875-77. 4 vols. Index. 1894._

  A record of all books deposited at Stationers’ Hall during the period
  covered.

English catalogue of books published _1801-1920_. _London, Low,
1864-1901. Publisher’s Circular, 1912-21. 11 vols._

---- Index to the English catalogue of books. _London, Low, 1858-93. 4
vols._

  An annual catalogue, with five yearly cumulations. Comprising an
  alphabetical list under authors, titles and subjects of the books
  issued in the United Kingdom. Full imprint, particulars of price,
  month of publication, publisher, etc. Contains also lists of
  publications of societies and a full directory of publishers.

Reference catalogue of current literature, containing the full titles
of books now in print and on sale, with the prices at which they may be
obtained of all booksellers, and an index containing nearly one hundred
and eighty-five thousand references. _3 vols. London, Whitaker._

  The most important English trade bibliography. Issued every few
  years. Consists of the catalogues of the principal English publishers
  arranged alphabetically by name of publisher.

Book auction records (formerly known as “Sale records,”) a priced and
annotated record of London, Dublin, Edinburgh, Glasgow and Amercian
book auctions. June, _1902_ to date. _London, Stevens._

  Each number is arranged alphabetically by authors, with an index in
  each volume.

Book-prices current. December, _1886_ to date. _London, Stock._

  Index to the first ten volumes. _1887-1896. London, Stock, 1901._

  Index for the second decade. _1897-1906_. _London, Stock, 1909._

  Index for the third decade. _1907-1916. London, Stock, 1920._


FRENCH:--

Catalogue général de la librairie française, _1840-1918_. _Paris,
Jordell, 1867-1921. 28 vols._

  The standard French trade bibliography, and a most valuable modern
  national bibliography.


_Annual:--_

Catalogue mensuel de la librairie francaise.

  Monthly numbers bound together forming the annual volume. Contains
  indexes of authors, titles and subjects.


_Monthly:--_

Catalogue mensuel de la librairie française. _1876-1921. Paris._

A classified list.


GERMAN:--

Heinsius (Wilhelm)--Allgemeines bucher-lexikon, _1700-1892_. _Leipzig,
Brockhaus, 1812-1894. 19 vols._

  No more published.

Kayser (Christian Gottlob)--Vollstandiges bucher-lexikon, _1750-1910_.
_Leipzig, 1834-1910. 36 vols._

Hinrichs (J. C.) _Publishers_--Funfjahrs-katalog der im deutschen
buchhandel erschienenen bucher, zeitschriften, landkarten, etc., titel
verzeichnis und sachregister, 1851-1912. _Leipzig, Hinrichs, 1857-1913.
13 vols._

Deutsches bucherverzeichnis der jahre _1911-20_. _4 vols._

  A continuation of Heinsius, Kayser, and Hinrichs, Funfjahrs-katalog.


_Monthly:--_

  Allgemeine bibliographie. _Leipzig, Brockhaus, 1856 to date._


(_3_) SELECT LIST OF GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHIES.

American Library Association--A.L.A. Catalog. _8,000_ volumes for
a popular library; with notes, _1904_ ... edited by Melvil Dewey.
_Government Printing Office: Washington, 1904. $1._

  The chief aim of this selection is to assist in the formation of a
  public library stock, and is specially adopted for the use of smaller
  libraries.

A.L.A. Catalog, _1904-1911_. Class List, 3,000 titles for a popular
library; edited by Elva L. Bascom. _Chicago: A.L.A. Pub. Board, 1912.
350 pp. 26 cm. $1.50._

  Supplement to the A.L.A. Catalog _1904_.

Nelson, Thomas _and_ Sons, _Publishers_.--Standard Books: an annotated
and classified guide to the best books in all departments of
literature; with copious index of subjects and biographical notes of
authors. _4 vols. 1910-14._

_Contents_:--_Vol. 1_--General Works. History. Geography. Biography and
Travel. Sociology. Philosophy. Sport. Law and Administration. Education.

_Vol. 2._--Religion. Science. Useful Arts.

_Vol. 3._--Fine and Recreative Arts. Philology. Literature. Children’s
Books.

_Vol. 4._--Author Index. General Subject Index. Index of Publishers.

Each subject is edited by a specialist in collaboration with one or
more librarians. Annotations are very full and publishers and prices
are given.

Sonnenschein, William Swan--The Best Books: a reader’s guide to the
best available books (about _100,000_) ...; with the dates of the first
and last editions, and the price, size, and publisher’s name (both
American and English) of each book. _3rd edition, entirely re-written.
George Routledge & Sons, Ltd., London. Putnam, New York. 3 parts. In
Progress. 1910. £2 2s. net._

_Contents_:--_Part 1._--Theology. Mythology and folk-lore. Philosophy.

_Part 2._--Society. Geography. Travel and Topography. Education.
Ethnology.

_Part 3._--History, Biography. Science. Arts. Philology. Literature.
Complete Indexes.

A very useful classified bibliography.


(_4_) BIBLIOGRAPHIES OF BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Courtney (William Prideaux)--Register of national bibliography; with,
a selection of the chief bibliographical books and articles printed in
other countries. _London, Constable, 1905-12. 3 vols._

Arranged alphabetically by the subjects of the bibliographies listed.

Josephson (Aksel Gustav Salomon)--Bibliographies of bibliography
chronologically arranged, with occasional notes and an index.
_Bibliographical Society of Chicago, Chicago, 1901. Second edition,
1913._

Petzholdt (Julius)--Bibliotheca bibliographica. _Leipzig, Engelmann,
1866._

A careful and accurate bibliography. Classified, with an author index
and full annotations.

Stein (Henri)--Manuel de bibliographie générale: bibliotheca
bibliographica nova. _Paris, Picard, 1897._

_Contents._--Universal bibliographies. National and regional
bibliographies. Subject bibliographies, and appendices. A classified
bibliography with critical and descriptive annotations, and a subject
index.

Vallée (Léon)--Bibliographie des bibliographies. _Paris, Terquem, 1883._

Supplement. _Paris, Terquem, 1887._

An alphabetical author list with a subject index. A useful work if used
as an author index to Stein’s “Manuel de bibliographie générale.”


_Bibliographical Works_:--

British Museum--List of bibliographical works in the Reading Room of
the British Museum. _2nd edition, revised. 1889._ Much out of date, but
useful for older books.


(_5_) ANNUAL OUTPUT OF BOOKS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM.

_Books in 1925._

According to the “Publishers’ Circular” more books were published
during _1925_ than in any previous year in the history of British book
production. A total of _13,202_ is recorded as having been published
in the United Kingdom. This is an increase of _496_ over the total
for _1924_. This increase has taken place in the “new books” as
distinguished from “new editions,” etc., and is shown in detail in the
following figures for this year and last year:--

                      _1924_   _1925_
  New books           _8024_   _8520_
  Translations         _321_    _307_
  Pamphlets           _1168_   _1150_
                      -------- -------
  Total new books     _9513_   _9977_
  New editions        _3193_   _3225_
                      -------- -------
             Total  _12,706_  _13202_

The following details show how the totals for the various classes of
books vary from those of the previous year. Increases are shown in
Juvenile Literature (_108_), Law (_88_), Military and Naval (_74_),
Philology (_60_), Biography (_55_), Agriculture and Gardening (_46_)
and Science (_32_). The decreases are General Works (_49_), Fine Arts
(_44_), Fiction (_32_), Philosophy (_29_), and Poetry and Drama (_16_).

The following totals for the years since _1913_ (the pre-war record
year) are of considerable interest:--

   Year.   New Books.   New Editions.   Total
  _1913_     _9541_        _2838_      _12379_
  _1914_     _8863_        _2674_      _11537_
  _1915_     _8499_        _2166_      _10665_
  _1916_     _7537_        _1612_       _9149_
  _1917_     _6606_        _1525_       _8131_
  _1918_     _6750_         _966_       _7716_
  _1919_     _7327_        _1295_       _8622_
  _1920_     _8738_        _2266_      _11004_
  _1921_     _8757_        _2269_      _11026_
  _1922_     _8754_        _2088_      _10842_
  _1923_     _9246_        _3028_      _12274_
  _1924_     _9513_        _3193_      _12706_
  _1925_     _9977_        _3225_      _13202_

The above tables show that during the years _1913-1925_ no fewer than
_139,253_ books were published in the United Kingdom. It is when
we realise such a fact as this that we should appreciate the great
importance of book selection to the librarian.


(_6_) INITIAL STOCK FOR A PUBLIC LIBRARY.

In selecting the initial stock for a Public Library the following
principles should be considered: (_a_) size of the locality; (_b_)
the sum of money available for books; (_c_) the geographical position
of the library in relation to other libraries. Before any books are
actually purchased, the tables of the classification to be adopted
should be taken and each section checked with the corresponding section
of proposed purchases. This will immediately show any important
omissions.


(_7_) PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION OF CLASSES.

The proportion of books to be purchased in each class of literature
will depend largely upon the social conditions of the locality and the
prominence of local industries.

The following table is merely suggestive:--

  General Works                       _3%_
  Philosophy                          _3%_
  Religion                            _6%_
  Sociology                           _6%_
  Philology                           _2%_
  Natural Science                     _8%_
  Useful Arts                         _9%_
  Fine and Recreative Arts            _7%_
  Literature                         _35%_
  History, Travel and Biography      _21%_


(_8_) REFERENCE AND LENDING LIBRARY STOCKS.

The average proportions of Lending and Reference Library stocks are:
Lending, 62%; Reference, 38%.


(_9_) PROPORTION OF INCOME FOR BOOKS AFTER ORGANISATION.

18% of income should be spent on books, including old books and
replacements.


(_10_) TWENTY-FIVE “QUICK-REFERENCE” BOOKS FOR THE OPEN SHELVES IN A
REFERENCE LIBRARY.

_(Arranged according to the Dewey Classification as a mnemonic aid)._

  Encyclopædia Britannica.
  Baldwin--Dictionary of psychology and philosophy.
  Hastings--Dictionary of religion and ethics.
  Hastings--Dictionary of the Bible.
  Cruden--Concordance.
  Palgrave--Dictionary of political economy.
  Mulhall--Dictionary of statistics.
  Every Man’s Own Lawyer.
  Webster--English dictionary.
  Murray--New English dictionary.
  Clifton and Grimaux--English-French and French-English dictionary.
  Grimm--Deutsches Worterbuch.
  Lewis and Short--Latin dictionary.
  Liddell and Scott--Greek Lexicon.
  Watts--Dictionary of chemistry.
  Quain--Medical dictionary.
  Knight--Business cyclopædia and legal adviser.
  Thorpe--Dictionary of applied chemistry.
  Bryan--Dictionary of painters and engravers.
  Grove--Dictionary of music and musicians.
  Cambridge History of English literature.
  Haydn--Dictionary of dates.
  Dictionary of national biography.
  Chambers’s Biographical dictionary.
  Low and Pulling--Dictionary of English history.


(_11_) FOURTEEN AUTHOR CONCORDANCES.

BURNS. Reid--Complete word and phrase concordance to the poems and
songs of Robert Burns.

COWPER. Neve--Concordance to the poetical works of William Cowper.

DANTE ALIGHIERI. Fay--Concordance of the Divina Commedia.

  Sheldon _and_ White--Concordanz a delle opere italiane in prosae del
  Canzoniere di Dante Alighieri.

GRAY. Cook--A concordance to the English poems of Thomas Gray.

HOMER. Dunbar--Complete concordance to the Odyssy and Hymns of Homer.

MILTON. Lockwood--Lexicon to the English poetical works of John Milton.

POPE. Abbott--Concordance to the works of Alexander Pope.

SCOTT. Redfern--The wisdom of Sir Walter.

SHAKESPEARE. Bartlett--New and complete concordance of William
Shakespeare.

  Clarke--Complete concordance to Shakespeare.

SHELLEY. Ellis--Lexical concordance to the poetical works of P. B.
Shelley.

TENNYSON. Baker--Concordance to the poetical and dramatic works of
Alfred Lord Tennyson.

  Brightwell--Concordance to the entire works of Alfred Tennyson.


(_12_) FORTY USEFUL BOOKS FOR THE YOUNG PEOPLE’S ROOM.

Bailey (M. E.)--Boys’ and girls’ ask at home questions. _Illus. 1917._
Explains many things in nature and life which puzzle children.

Baker (E. A.)--Cassell’s New English Dictionary; with an appendix.
_1919._ Includes a supplement of War words.

Bartlett (J.), _editor_.--Familiar quotations. _1917._ From ancient and
modern literature.

Brewer (E. C.)--The reader’s handbook. _1919._ Famous names in fiction,
allusions, references, proverbs, plots, stories and poems.

Chambers’s Biographical Dictionary; edited by D. Patrick and F. H.
Groome. _1908._ Brief lives of “the great of all times and nations.”

Chambers’s Twentieth Century Dictionary of the English Language; edited
by T. Davidson. _Illus. 1916._

Champlin (J. D.) _Junior_.--The young folks cyclopædia of common
things. _2nd edition, enlarged. Illus. 1896._ An attempt to bring
encyclopædic knowledge within the range of a child’s intellect.
Articles very brief and simply told. Index.

Champlin (J. D.) _Junior_.--The young folks’ cyclopædia of natural
history; with editorial co-operation and an introduction by F. A.
Lucas. _Illus. 1905._ The cyclopædia covers the entire animal kingdom
in an elementary manner.

Crawford (W. R.)--Common words commonly mispronounced. _1894._ A
dictionary of correct pronunciation.

Dalgleish (W. S.)--The great authors of English literature. _Illus.
1917._ Contains their lives, and selections from their writings.

Dana (Mrs. W. S.)--How to know the wild flowers. The flowers are
arranged according to colour.

Dickinson (A. D.)--One thousand best books. _1924._ Compiled from over
fifty published lists of best books made by the librarian and scholars
of the University of Pennsylvania.

Everyman’s Encyclopædia; edited by Boyle. _12 vols. Illus._

Fallows (S.)--A complete dictionary of synonyms and antonyms. _1898._ A
dictionary of words with the same and opposite meanings.

Gibson (C. R.)--The great ball on which we live. _1915._ Description of
the earth and the forces of nature.

Gibson (C. R.)--Great inventions and how they were invented. _1924._
Descriptions of wonderful machines and appliances.

Hall (Cyril)--Conquests of engineering. _Illus. 1926._ Describes the
construction of bridges, tunnels, canals, docks and harbours.

Hawks (E.)--The boys’ book of astronomy. _1914._

Haydn--Dictionary of dates. A record of the chief events in the world’s
history.

Holden (E. S.)--The sciences. _Illus. 1903._ On astronomy, physics,
chemistry, meteorology, etc., and their application to the arts and to
daily life.

Kernahan (C.)--The reading girl. _1925._ Chats on the choice of books
and methods of reading.

Kirkby (M.) _and_ Kirkby (E.)--The world at home. _Illus. 1912._
Describes the life of the people, and the animals, birds, plants, and
insects of foreign countries.

Lyttelton (Mary), _editor_.--A girl’s book of verse. _1925._

Maule (H. E.)--The boys’ book of inventions. _2 vols. Illus. 1921._
Describes the new inventions. The aeroplane. Wireless telegraphy. Tesla
turbine. Submarines, etc.

Marshall (H. E.)--English literature for boys and girls. _1924._

Mee (Arthur)--The children’s Bible. _1923._ Beautifully illustrated
from the Art Galleries of the world.

Mee (Arthur)--The children’s encyclopædia. _8 vols. Col. Illus._
Articles very brief and simply told.

Mee (Arthur)--One thousand beautiful things. _1925._ Chosen from the
life and literature of the World.

Morison (R. C. H.), _editor_.--Chambers’s Recitations for children.
Specially selected for the young.

Olcott (W. T.)--Book of the stars for young people.

O’Neill (Elizabeth)--The world’s story: a simple history for boys and
girls. _1923._

Patrick (D.) _and_ Geddie (W.), editors.--Chambers’s Concise gazetteer
of the world. _1919._

Philip (George), _editor_.--Senior School Atlas. _1921._

Philip (A. M.), _editor_.--A boy’s book of verse. _1925._

Pritchard (A. M.) _and_ Hobbs (E. W.)--Wireless construction. _1925._

Roget (P. M.)--Thesaurus of English words and phrases. _1918._ An aid
to English composition.

Synge (M. B.)--The story of the world. _2 vols. Maps. Illus. Vol.
1_--Abraham to A.D. _1745. Vol. 2--1745-1903._

Things all scouts should know. _Illus. 1919._ Information about the
navy, army, ships, railways, things seen in town and country, etc.

Turley (Charles)--The voyages of Captain Scott. _1914._ Shows the
heroism of the men who gave their lives in the search for the South
Pole.

Williams (Archibald)--The boys’ guide. _Illus. 1921._ Indoor and
outdoor games, sports, and recreations, photography, model making, use
of tools, motor cycles, pets, stamp collecting, reading, etc.




COURSE 3: THEORY OF CLASSIFICATION.


TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.

Brown (J. D.)--Library classification and cataloguing. _Grafton, 1912.
10s. 6d._

Jevons (W. S.)--Elementary lessons in logic. _Macmillan, 1909. 3s. 6d._

Richardson (S. C.)--Classification, theoretical and practical; together
with an appendix, containing an essay towards a bibliographical history
of systems of classification. _Scribner, 1912. Also Grafton, 6s. 3d._

Sayers (W. C. B.)--Canons of classification applied to “The
Subject,” “The Expansive,” “The Decimal,” and “Library of Congress”
classifications: a study in bibliographical classification method.
_Grafton, 1915. 3s. 6d._

Sayers (W. C. B.)--An introduction to library classification,
theoretical, historical and practical; and, A short course in practical
classification; with readings, questions and examination papers.
_Grafton, 1922. 10s. 6d._


_Lesson 1._

INTRODUCTION. MEANING, PURPOSE, AND UTILITY. TERMINOLOGY. LOGICAL BASES.

In classification, more than in any other branch of library science,
practical application is dependent on a sound knowledge of theoretical
principles, and students are warned that a thorough grasp of the
logical bases is an absolutely essential preliminary to successful
practical work.

Importance of classification in our daily life is not fully
appreciated, classification being the sole foundation of all order. It
would be impossible for the mental faculties to function efficiently
without classification, the simplest thought or reason requiring its
use.

Note the purpose of classification and the mutual dependence of
classification and cataloguing.

It is essential to know the exact logical meaning of terms used in
classification.

Understand the Five Predicables. After mastering their definition,
study Tree of Porphyry for their application. A close study of the
latter will amply repay students. It admirably illustrates meaning
of Extension and Intension, and demonstrates how in the framing of
the scheme the hierarchy must proceed gradually from terms of great
Extension and little Intension to terms of little Extension but of
great Intension.

The student is strongly advised not to pass Jevons until he has
thoroughly mastered the chapters set out below.


READING LIST.

Brown--Library classification. _Chap. 6._

Encyclopædia Britannica--Article _Classification_.

Jast--Classification and discovery. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp.
353-355._

Jast--Library classification. _In Greenwood’s Library Year Book,
1900-01, pp. 21-36._

Jevons--Logic. (_Give special attention to Chaps. 5, 12 and 32_).

Jevons--Principles of science. _Chapter on classification._

Mill--Logic. _Chapter on classification._

Richardson--Classification. _Introduction and Chap. 1._

Sayers--Classification in modern life. _L.A. Vol. 17, 1924, pp. 8-16;
35-40._

Sayers--Introduction. _Chaps. 1-2._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Give an example where classification resulted in the discovery of
new facts.

_2._ State what you consider to be the purpose of classification.

_3._ Define the following terms:--characteristic; denotation;
correlation of property; extension; genus; connotation; difference;
intension.

_4._ Describe the Tree of Porphyry and its relation to classification.

_5._ The functions of classification and those of cataloguing are often
confused. Explain.


_Lesson 2._

PRINCIPLES. KINDS OF CLASSIFICATION. SCHEDULES.

The survey of the logical bases in Lesson 1 leads to a more definite
consideration of the main principles of classification and schedule
formation. A close study of natural and artificial classification must
be made at this stage. An investigation of the difference between them
will stress the importance of the choice of characteristic. It will be
emphasised during this lesson that the characteristic selected must be
essential to the purpose for which the classification is intended.

Botany and zoology have provided notable instances of natural
and artificial classification. In studying these schemes notice
particularly the process of division, the gradual modulation from
Class to Division, Sub-Division, and Section, the Extension of the
terms becoming smaller and the Intension greater as the process of
division is continued.

One fault which can create endless confusion is Cross-Division. To
avoid this the terms used in the schedule must be mutually exclusive.

The classification of books cannot reach the perfection of a
classification of knowledge. The latter is limited only by the
limitation of knowledge, but the former by the physical form of
books. All bibliographical schemes, however, should be based on the
classification of knowledge.

Realise clearly the necessity for and the functions of the topic
and form classes which form part of every bibliographical scheme.
Throughout this lesson it will be seen that classification is governed
by the principles laid down in the Five Predicables.

If attention has been duly paid to the ground covered in Lessons 1
and 2 no difficulty will in future be experienced with regard to the
theory, bases, or principles of classification, but if, on the other
hand, any difficulty is felt in answering questions bearing upon these
principles, students have devoted insufficient time to their study,
and are strongly advised to make good the deficiency before proceeding
further.


READING LIST.

  Brown--Library classification. _Chaps. 1 and 2._

  Coulson--An outline on the theory of classification. _L.W. Vol. 14,
  1911-12, pp. 37-42; 67-70._

  Johns--Flowers of the field. _Study introduction._

  Richardson--Classification. _Lecture 2._

  Savage--Form and alphabetic book classification. _L.A.R. Vol. 9,
  1907, pp. 375-383._

  Sayers--Canons. _Chaps. 1 and 2._

  Sayers--Grammar of classification. _L.A.A. Series, 1912. Principles
  1-20._

  Sayers--Introduction. _Chaps. 3-5._


QUESTIONS.

  _1._ What is meant by “cross-division”?

  _2._ What are essential and accidental characteristics in
  classification?

  _3._ The process of division is governed by “difference.” Explain.

  _4._ Name the difference between philosophical classification and
  bibliographical classification.

  _5._ What is the difference between a rigid and a flexible
  classification?

  _6._ What is meant by “form” as compared with “subject” in
  classification?


_Lesson 3._

HISTORY. PRINCIPAL SCHEMES. COMPARISONS. SPECIAL CLASSES.

A glance at the list of schemes which have been devised is sufficient
to convince us of the formidable task it would be to acquire detailed
knowledge of each one. This, however, is not essential. Apart from the
principal epoch-making schemes, only sufficient attention need be paid
to them to trace the development of classification. Bacon’s scheme has
had a great influence and must receive full consideration. Sayers’s
Introduction contains the most satisfactory outline of this. In the
same work brief outlines of the principal schemes are given, and good
accounts are available in Brown’s Library Classification. These two
books cover sufficient ground for the general student, but those who
wish to make a more exhaustive survey of the various schemes will find
further details in Edwards’s Memoirs of libraries, _Vol. 2_.

Of the schemes in use at the present time the Decimal, Subject,
Expansive, and Library of Congress are selected as the most important,
and while a good knowledge of the two latter is required, students are
urged to concentrate their main study upon and confine their practical
exercises to the Decimal and Subject schemes, chiefly because they are
almost in exclusive use so far as British libraries are concerned, but
also on account of the fact that candidates for the Library Association
certificate are required to pass a practical test in these two.

Pay particular attention to the Introductions.

The popular method of systematically comparing the two class by class
is the best. It will be found most convenient to take the classes in
the order appearing in the Decimal, and compare with the corresponding
portions of the Subject. Make full use of Sayers’s Canons here.
Valuable for analysis of the four main schemes. The Indexes should also
be included in the comparison.

Study carefully the criteria of a practical book classification as
given in Richardson’s Classification, page _42_, and consider to what
extent these requirements are met.

Special consideration must be given to those classes which at various
times have been severely criticised, and the student should be
completely _au fait_ with the arguments for and against the treatment
of the forms and subjects upon which opinions vary, e.g., Biography.

Hulme’s Principles of book classification, in L.A.R., Vol. _13_,
_1911_, _pp. 354-358_; _389-394_; _444-449_. _Vol. 14_, _1912_, _pp.
39-46_; _174-181_; _216-221_ (summarised in Sayers’s Introduction,
Appendix _1_) takes a view of classification not entirely supported by
the reading matter set in this course. For this reason the student is
advised to reserve his study of these articles until having covered the
reading prescribed, so that he may read them more critically and make a
clearer comparison of the points of view.


READING LIST.

  Aldred--The expansive classification. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp.
  207-219; 196-201._

  Brown--Library classification. _Chaps. 3 and 4._

  Brown--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition. Chap. 16._

  Brown--Subject classification. _Introduction._

  Dewey--Decimal classification. _Introduction._

  Dickie--Critical examination of the arrangement of History and
  Geography in the Decimal and Subject classifications. _L.W. Vol. 25,
  1922-23, pp. 401-407._

  Hale--The decimal classification as applied to small libraries. _L.W.
  Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 263-268; 311-316._

  Mash--Classification of technology. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp. 1-5;
  50-55._

  Mould--Wanted, a classification. _L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 127-147;
  208-211._

  Pepper--Classification of biography. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp.
  328-334._

  Richardson--Classification. _Appendix._

  Sayers--Canons. _Chaps. 3-6._

  Sayers--The Dewey decimal classification after thirty years. _L.A.R.
  Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 314-334._

  Sayers--Introduction. _Chaps. 7-10._

  Smith--Library classifications: a comparison by classes. _Supp. to.
  L.W. Vol. 21, 1918-19._

  Smither--Library of Congress classification. _L.W. Vol. 16, 1913-14,
  pp. 130-136._

  South Kensington Museum; Board of Education. Classification for works
  on pure and applied science in the Science Library, the Science
  Museum. _2nd edition. Stationery Office, 1921._

    This classification affords a clear and accurate view of the
    anatomy of the literature of the pure and applied sciences in the
    twentieth century.

  Walker--Suggested re-arrangement of the Dewey classes of _100_ and
  _200_. _L.W. Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 163-165._

  Wright--Technological classification. _L.W. Vol. 18, 1915-16, pp.
  312-316; 344-347. Vol. 19, 1916-17, pp. 9-10._

Brown’s Subject Classification was published in 1906 and reviews and
criticisms of the work can be read in the following professional
periodicals:--Savage (E. A.) _in L.W. Vol. 9, 1906-07, pp. 48-55_.
Lyster (T. W.) _in L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 384-386_. Coutts (A. T.)
_in L.A. Vol. 6, 1909, pp. 304-318_. Brown’s Revisions, etc., _in L.W.
Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 41-45; 81-86; 121-124; 153-160_.


QUESTIONS.

  _1._ Write a brief essay on the history of classification.

  _2._ Outline Bacon’s Scheme and its influence on classification.

  _3._ Give a brief account of any natural scheme of classification.

  _4._ State in which class or classes it is preferable to adopt an
  alphabetical arrangement, and why.

  _5._ The Divisions 140 Philosophic Systems, 180 Ancient Philosophers,
  and 190 Modern Philosophers in the Decimal Classification are not
  satisfactory to the classifier. Explain.

  _6._ What means are provided in the Decimal, Subject and Expansive
  Classifications for obtaining alphabetical and chronological
  arrangements of a particular subject?


_Lesson 4._

NOTATION. EXPANSIONS. MNEMONICS. AUTHOR MARKS. ARRANGEMENT. GUIDING.

Notation affects in a very large degree the usefulness and even the
librarian’s choice of a scheme.

A notation must be simple, brief, and flexible. Consider the extent
to which the principal schemes meet these requirements, and weigh the
advantages and disadvantages of a “pure” notation, as in the Decimal,
or a “mixed” notation, as in the Subject scheme. The most notable
expansion of the Decimal notation is the “Brussels,” which should be
carefully surveyed.

Note the mnemonic features of the various notations, as these assist in
the rapid interpretation of the symbols, and enable one’s mind to more
readily grasp the linking-up of the whole scheme. Notation is of itself
insufficient for practical arrangement on the shelves, as the necessity
arises for some method of regulating the order of the books within each
Division, Section, etc., hence the use of Author Marks. Several tables
have been compiled, but the most detailed and best known is Cutter’s,
although the other tables must receive due attention as the Cutter
Author Marks are not in exclusive use.

The arrangement of the books on the shelves is most important, and it
is essential to reach the best solutions of the problems regarding
“broken sequence,” “oversize books,” etc.

It must be remembered that the Library is intended for the use of
people who do not want to study the intricate details of a notation
in order to find what they want, and it should be made possible for
readers not merely to find the subjects they require, but also to
find their way about the various classes intelligently, but unaided.
To achieve this a most carefully devised method of guiding will be
necessary, and all methods and contrivances should be studied, as
faulty or insufficient guiding will minimise the benefits of exact
classification.


READING LIST.

  Brown--Library classification. _Chap. 5._

  Brown--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition._ _Chap. 17._

  Coutts--Classification and shelf-guiding. _In Brown and others. Open
  Access Libraries. Grafton, 1915._

  Hopwood--Dewey expanded. _L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907, pp. 307-322; 340-345_
  (_also L.J. Vol. 32, 1907_).

  Jast--A new book number. _L.W. Vol. 3, 1900-01, pp. 120-123; 150-152._

  Purnell--Development of notation in classification. _L.A. Vol. 8,
  1911, pp. 25-33; 44-50._ (_Also published separately in L.A.A.
  Series, but now o.p._)

  Savage--Classification guides and indexes. _L.W. Vol. 8, 1905-6, pp.
  261-266._

  Sayers--Canons. _Chap. 7._

  Sayers--Elements of notation. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp. 226-231._

  Sayers--Grammar. _Principles 21-23._

  Sayers--Introduction. _Chaps. 6 and 13._

  Stephen--Application of exact classification to shelf arrangement.
  _L.W. Vol. 11, 1909, pp. 251-255; 325-331._

  Stewart--Guiding an open-access lending library. _L.W. Vol. 7,
  1904-05, pp. 113-118._

  Stewart--Oversize books. _L.W. Vol. 9, 1906-07, pp. 208-211._


QUESTIONS.

  _1._ What are the essentials of a good notation?

  _2._ How would you mark book-stacks, shelves, etc., in a large
  open-access library in order to guide readers to specific subjects?

  _3._ Compare the notations of the Decimal and Subject Schemes.

  _4._ After the classification number has been applied it is still
  necessary to individualise the books within the limits of a subject.
  Describe what you consider to be the best method, with alternatives.

  _5._ Illustrate by examples from the Decimal Scheme the advantages
  derived from its mnemonic features.

  _6._ Give the chief marks, with explanations, used in the Brussels
  extension of the Decimal classification.


_Lesson 5._

PRACTICAL.

As a preliminary to actual classification it is essential to obtain a
thorough grasp of certain rules which, in a general sense, govern the
placing of books.

With this aim in view students should first read Chapter _12_ of
Sayers’s “Introduction,” and again read Jast’s “Library classification”
in Greenwood’s Library Year Book, _1900-1901_, and the Introductions to
the Decimal and Subject Schemes.

Students may afterwards pass on to Sayers’s “Introduction,” part _3_--A
short course in practical classification, with special reference to the
Decimal and Subject schemes. This provides a thorough test of ability
in classification, bringing forward examples requiring a decision on
the points which present most difficulty in practice.

It is important that students should guard against misuse of the index.
In placing a book reference must be made direct to the schedules, and
the index used only as an aid to, not a means of classification.


TEST EXAMINATION.

_Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc._

  _1._ It is impossible to think or to reason aright unless we
  classify. Explain.

  _2._ In what way may the physical form of a book affect the
  classifying of it?

  _3._ The Decimal Classification contains instances of
  “cross-division.” Name as many as you can.

  _4._ What are the respective advantages of a relative and a specific
  index?

  _5._ Explain the geographical divisions in the Decimal, Subject, and
  Expansive Schemes.

  _6._ In a classified library the shelf arrangement is affected by the
  size of the books. What arrangement would you adopt, and in what way
  would this affect the guiding?

  _7._ What does Brown mean by “locality” _versus_ “subject”? Give
  examples.

  _8._ Explain the difference between history as a “topic” and as a
  “form.”

  _9._ Detail the respective advantages and disadvantages of a “pure”
  and a “mixed” notation.

  _10._ State briefly the arguments for and against separating a
  complete set of an author’s works.

A practical test is not included, as this, in its best form, is easily
accessible in the papers set at past Library Association examinations,
which are obtainable from the office of the Association.

The student must bear in mind that it is far better to classify from
the actual book, but where this entails any inconvenience the articles
appearing in the “Nineteenth Century and After” and the books reviewed
in the “Times Literary Supplement” may be classified.

Further, I would urge the student to be ever on the _qui vive_ for
books which seem to present most difficulty, as herein lies the best
practice.


FACTORS AND NOTES.

Brief chronological list of the principal schemes of classification.

  _250_ B.C. Callimachus
  _1548_ Conrad Gesner
  _1623_ Francis Bacon
  _1678_ Jean Garnier
  _1679_ Ismael Bouillaud
  _1773_ Cels
  _1806_ Barbier
  _1810_ Schrettinger
  _1836-38_ British Museum
  _1842_ Brunet
  _1857_ Royal Institution (Vincent)
  _1859_ Edward Edwards
  _1870_ W. T. Harris
  _1873_ Cutter. Published _1876_
  _1876_ Melvil Dewey
  _1879_ Schwarz
  _1887_ Sonnenschein
  _1888_ Hartwig
  _1890_ Bonazzi
  _1894_ Quinn-Brown
  _1898_ Brown’s Adjustable
         Brussels Expansion of Dewey
  _1902_ Library of Congress
  _1906_ Brown’s Subject


CLASSIFICATION SYSTEMS USED IN BRITISH MUNICIPAL LIBRARIES.

In looking over the statistics of nearly 600 British Municipal
Libraries I find the systems of classification adopted stated as
“Main Classes,” “Brown,” “Sectional,” “Adjustable,” “Fixed Location,”
“Various,” etc., and to compile a list under the various heads would
serve no useful purpose. I find, however, that the Dewey Decimal
System, sometimes modified, is in use in over 300 libraries, Brown’s
“Subject” and Brown’s “Adjustable” in over 100 libraries, Cutter’s
“Expansive” in about 10, and the remainder various.




COURSE 4: CATALOGUING.


TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.

(_See also_ The Cataloguer’s Reference Shelf).

  A.L.A. & L.A.--Cataloguing Rules. Author and title entries, compiled
  by Committees of the American Library Association and of the Library
  Association. _Library Association, 1908. 5s._

  Bishop (W. W.)--Practical handbook of modern library cataloguing.
  _2nd edition. Williams & Wilkins: Baltimore, 1924., Also Grafton, 8s.
  6d._

  British Museum--Rules for compiling catalogues in the Department of
  Printed Books. _British Museum, 1920. 2s. 6d._

  Brown (J. D.)--Library classification and cataloguing. _Grafton,
  1912. 10s. 6d._

  Cutter (C. A.)--Rules for a dictionary catalogue. _Government
  Printing Office: Washington, 1904. Also Grafton, 3s._

  Fellows (D.)--Cataloguing rules with explanation and introduction.
  _Grafton, 1922. 20s._

  Hitchler (Theresa)--Cataloguing for small libraries. _A.L.A., 1915.
  Also Grafton, 12s._

  Quinn (J. H.)--Library cataloguing. _Truslove & Hanson, 1913. 6s.
  Also Grafton._


THE CATALOGUER’S REFERENCE SHELF.

(_Books other than those named in “Text Books,” and “Reading Lists” in
this Course._)


GENERAL.

  _Note._--The British Museum catalogue of printed books is one of the
  most useful works for finding any bibliographical data.

  A good atlas and gazetteer.

  Aldred (Thomas), _compiler_--A list of English and American sequel
  stories. _1922._

  Corns (A. R.) _and_ Sparke (Archibald)--A bibliography of unfinished
  books in the English language; with annotations. _1915._

  Crabbe--Synonyms.

  Haydn (Joseph)--Dictionary of dates and universal information
  relating to all ages and all nations. _25th edition._ _1910._

  Walker (F. H.)--Abbreviations and technical terms used in book
  catalogs and bibliographies. _Boston, 1912._

  _Also_ standard English, French, German and Latin dictionaries.


PSEUDONYMS, ANONYMS.

  Barbier (A. A.)--Dictionnaire des ouvrages anonymes. _4 vols._
  _1872-79._

  Brunet (Gustave)--Supplément au Dictionnaire des Ouvrages Anonymes de
  Barbier et aux Supercheries Littéraires Dévoilées de Quérard. _1889._

  Courtney (W. P.)--Secrets of our national literature. _1908._

  Cushing (William)--Initials and pseudonyms: a dictionary of revealed
  disguises. _2 vols. 1885-88._

  Halkett (Samuel) _and_ Laing (John)--Dictionary of the anonymous
  and pseudonymous literature of Great Britain. _Edinburgh. 4 vols.
  1882-88._

  Quérard (J. M.)--Les supercheries littéraires dévoilées. _2nd
  edition. 3 vols. Paris, 1869-71._

  Weller (E.)--Lexicon pseudonymorum worterbuch der pseudonymen aller
  zeiten und volker. _2 vols. Regensburg, 1886._

  Who’s Who in Literature, _1925_--Fictitious and pseudonymous names
  compiled by Reginald G. Williams and Mark Meredith. _pp. 502-533._


PLACES, NAMES, ETC.

  Ballhorn (Freid)--Grammatography: a manual of reference to the
  alphabets of ancient and modern languages. _1861._

  Chambers’s Biographical Dictionary; edited by D. Patrick and F. H.
  Groome, 1902. Contains an index of pseudonyms.

  Cousin (John W.)--Short biographical dictionary of English
  literature. _Dent, 1918._

  Peddie (R. A.)--Fifteenth century books; a guide to their
  identification. _Grafton, 1913. 5s._

  Phillips (L. B.)--Dictionary of biographical reference. _1889._

  Smith (B. E.), editor.--The Century cyclopædia of names. _1903._

  Smith (_Sir_ William)--Classical dictionary of Greek and Roman
  biography and mythology. _3 vols. 1880._

  Vapereau (L. G.)--Dictionnaire universel des contemporains. _1893._

  Who’s Who.

  Who Was Who.

  Who’s Who in America.

The list could be considerably extended, but for more detailed
information on cataloguer’s reference tools the following will answer
most enquiries:--

  Austin--Reports on aids and guides: a summary of bibliographical aids
  to cataloguers. _L.J. Vol. 19, 1894, pp. 77-80._

  Blanchard--Some cataloguer’s reference books of recent years. _A.L.A.
  Bulletin, Vol 11, 1917, pp. 203-207._

  New York State Library--Cataloguer’s reference books. _Bulletin 84,
  1904._

  New York State Library--Selection of reference books for the use of
  cataloguers in finding full names. _Bulletin 5. 1898._


_Lesson 1._

SCOPE AND PURPOSE. QUALIFICATIONS OF A CATALOGUER. HISTORY. DEFINITIONS.

It should be realised at the beginning of this course that the sole
purpose of cataloguing is to construct a tool (not merely for the staff
but primarily for the public) the use of which will render available
the full resources of the library. In your practical work remember
always that the best criterion is the extent to which a reader is led
to the information sought for.

The difficulty of the task and the amount of care required are
reflected in the qualifications deemed necessary. Read thoughtfully
Bishop, _pp. 60-63_, and Quinn, _pp. 2-3_.

Although the earlier examples of catalogues provide little guide to
present-day practice, much can be learnt by tracing the development of
cataloguing and the history of the various codes.

Where possible examine the outstanding catalogues, British Museum,
Bibliothèque Nationale, Boston Athenæum, London Library Catalogue and
Subject Index, and the two parts of the 1923 edition of the American
Library Association catalogue. Good examples of classified catalogues
are those issued by the Bolton, Brighton, Finsbury and Glasgow Public
Libraries.

Develop a critical habit, and in handling as many catalogues as
possible, pay special attention to their style and peculiarities,
applying to them the tests of efficiency outlined in the various
readings of this course.

Learn thoroughly the exact meaning of bibliographical and cataloguing
terms. An imperfect knowledge of these not merely retards progress, but
prevents one acquiring uninterruptedly the full significance of the
matter under consideration.


READING LIST.

  Anglo-American Code--Definitions. _pp. IX.-XII._

  Bishop--Library cataloguing. _Chaps. 1, 2, and 4._

  Bolton--The Anglo-American joint code of cataloguing rules, _1908_.
  _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 382-390._

  Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _The English Library.
  Routledge. Appendix 1, Definitions. pp. 157-162._

  Cutter--Rules. _Definitions, pp. 13-24._

  Edwards--Memoirs of libraries. _Part 2, book 3, Chaps. on catalogues._

  Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 19-21._

  Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Definitions, pp. 287-309._

  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chaps. 1 and 2._

  Sayers--The Anglo-American cataloguing code. _L.W. Vol. 11, 1908-9,
  pp, 467-472._

  Wheatley--How to catalogue a library. _1889. Chaps. 1 and 2._


QUESTIONS.

  _1._ What do you consider to be the purpose of (_a_) a catalogue
  (_b_) a bibliography?

  _2._ Define:--Colophon, imprint, syndetic, diagram, edition,
  collation, synonym, facsimile, reference, chronogram, caption,
  reprint, cross-reference, impression.

  _3._ State, in the form of a brief essay, what you know of the
  Anglo-American Cataloguing Code.

  _4._ Outline the history of the British Museum catalogue.


_Lesson 2._

STYLE OF ENTRY. ORDER OF INFORMATION. COLLATION. PUNCTUATION.
ABBREVIATIONS. NUMERALS. SIZE.

Cataloguing practice varies in most libraries, but the reasons for the
various modifications in use do not enter into consideration here, the
purpose being to show what are generally accepted as the best style and
method.

If care is taken during the present lesson to adopt a correct form of
entry this will become more familiar to the student while covering the
practice outlined in succeeding lessons, and the exactness and careful
attention to detail which are so essential will thus be automatically
acquired.

Note the exact order in which the information should be given (see
example on page _114_). Follow this in all practice, giving fullest
information required by the particular form of entry being made out.

The clearness and uniformity of entries are largely affected by
punctuation and the extent to which items of the collation are
abbreviated. The latter is too often overdone. Note the various
abbreviations used and the considerations as to whether the gain of
space is commensurate with the loss of clearness to the reader.

Obtain a complete understanding of the respective uses of Arabic and
Roman numerals, and the methods of giving the sizes of books.


READING LIST.

  Anglo-American Code--Rules _136-166; 172-174; Appendix 1_.

  Bishop--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 6._

  Cutter--Rules _197-297_.

  Fellows--Cataloguing rules, _pp. 8-15_.

  Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921, pp. 274-278._

  Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chap. 2._

  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 4; Appendix B._


QUESTIONS.

  _1._ Give an entry, which may be imaginary, containing full collation
  and imprint, demonstrating the use of capitals and punctuation signs,
  and showing how you would treat numerals.

  _2._ Give some of the common abbreviations you would use in
  cataloguing. To what extent would you carry abbreviation?

  _3._ Show the exact order in which you would give the information for
  a full author entry.

  _4._ In what ways are the sizes of books shown? Which method do you
  prefer, and why?


_Lesson 3._

MAIN ENTRY. AUTHOR ENTRY. ANALYTICAL ENTRIES.

Rules governing Main and Author entries take up the major portion of
most codes of rules, but as they are better studied as a complete
series they are all included in this lesson.

It will be found that the various codes disagree in the form of entry
for certain names, etc. Study the reasons for each variation, and after
making comparison, attempt an independent decision as to the best form.

Many of the rules are quite simple and easily remembered, but in those
cases where the procedure does not appear to be straightforward the
student is advised to trace a book which meets the description of the
rule under consideration. In most instances the actual handling and
examination of an example will assist one to grasp much more readily
the instructions and the reason for the ruling.

The best method of working is to study primarily the Anglo-American
Code, comparing rule by rule with the corresponding portion of other
codes, noting differences as they occur.

Necessity often arises for dealing separately with the contents of
a book. Consider the extent to which analytical treatment should be
carried out, and the form of the entries necessary.


READING LIST.

  Anglo-American Code--Rules _1-111; 130-135; 167-171_.

  Bolton--Anglo-American joint code of cataloguing rules, _1908_. _L.W.
  Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 382-390._

  Cutter--Rules _1-119; 193-196; 352-369_.

  Fellows--Cataloguing rules. _pp. 16-37; 58-86; 97-130; 144-257_.

  Guppy--Cataloguing of anonymous literature. _L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp.
  298-313._

  Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chap. 3; pp. 7-16; 19-22_.

  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chaps. 4-13._


QUESTIONS.

  _1._ Under what name or form of name would you enter:--(_a_) authors
  with compound surnames; (_b_) noblemen; (_c_) trials; (_d_) monarchs;
  (_e_) authors who have changed their names.

  _2._ Show by examples how you would catalogue books by a married
  woman who has written under maiden and married names.

  _3._ Give the ruling of the various codes with reference to the
  treatment of anonymous books.

  _4._ What is the Anglo-American Code rule governing (_a_) a book
  showing initials instead of an author’s name upon the title page;
  (_b_) government reports? Give examples.

  _5._ Define “analytical entry,” and say what works compel the use of
  this entry.

  _6._ How would you catalogue (_a_) a commentary; (_b_) an anthology;
  (_c_) a dissertation; (_d_) transactions of a society.

  _7._ Give a full entry, with the necessary references, for a work
  written pseudonymously.


_Lesson 4._

SUBJECT ENTRY. REFERENCES. FORM ENTRY.

Here we face the most difficult and vital part of cataloguing,
requiring the maximum amount of care, ability, and discretion, so
essential is the choice of correct headings to the success of a
catalogue.

There are no fixed rules as in the case of author entries, and few
cataloguers, even of long experience, feel completely satisfied with
their work in this direction. As a warning to the unwary, it has truly
been said that in the choice of subject headings and cross references
more absurdities can be perpetrated than in any other branch of library
work.

The appended reading matter is amply suggestive of the best practice,
and illustrative of the errors to be avoided, and should be read with
studious attention. Note the insistent emphasis on uniformity and
consistency, attainment of which requires a definite adherence to a
decision once taken; the choice of popular, rather than scientific
or technical names; use of terms of permanent character; avoidance
of foreign terms where there are English equivalents; choice of most
specific subject; constant aim at ease of consultation, best obtained
by placing oneself in the position of a reader; constant guard against
the occurrence of synonymous headings and the useless multiplication
of headings; care not to misuse national adjectives and geographical
sub-divisions; inclusion of the necessary references, etc.

Do not overlook the utility of a card list of the subject headings in
use.

The A.L.A. list of subject headings for a dictionary catalogue;
Library of Congress list of subject headings; A.L.A. Catalogue, with
supplements; Mann’s Subject headings for juvenile catalogues; Sears’s
List of subject headings for small libraries; and good encyclopædias,
are extremely useful guides and should be closely studied.

Students should make a special point of reading those portions of the
preface to the London Library Catalogue which deal with our subject,
and examine the separately published Subject Index.

The inclusion of form entries is often carried too far. Weigh carefully
the value of such entries, and in examining catalogues give special
consideration to the question as to whether the advantage of their
inclusion is commensurate with the space required.


READING LIST.

  Bishop--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 7._

  Cutter--Rules _161-192_.

  Fellows--Cataloguing rules. _pp. 38-51; Appendix 1_.

  Fry--Subject analytical cataloguing. _L.W. Vol. 18, 1915-16, pp.
  36-41._

  Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921, pp. 410-413;
  Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 5-11._

  Hasse--Subject headings for state documents. _L.J. Vol. 31, 1906, pp.
  123-126._

  Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chaps. 5-6._

  Hulme--Construction of the subject catalogue. _L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901,
  pp. 507-513._

  Hulme--Principles of dictionary subject cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 2,
  1900, pp. 571-576._

  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 14._

  Tyler--Modification of subject entries for card catalogues. _L.J.
  Vol. 28, 1903, pp. 21-22._


QUESTIONS.

  _1._ What do you consider to be the general principles governing the
  choice of subject headings?

  _2._ Synonymous subject headings are sometimes found in a dictionary
  catalogue. How would you guard against this?

  _3._ How would you choose between subject and country? Catalogue the
  following to illustrate your decision:--“Flowers and fruit of Spain.”

  _4._ In cataloguing books on the following subjects, state under
  what headings you would place them, and what references would be
  required:--acoustics, anthropology, aves, economics, entomology,
  eschatology, natural philosophy, oology, pisces, psychology.

  _5._ Name six form headings which you would bring into use in a
  dictionary catalogue.


_Lesson 5._

TITLE AND SERIES ENTRIES.

Catalogues are often uselessly encumbered with superfluous title
entries. Realise the legitimate function of a title entry, and note the
works for which this is necessary, _e.g._, works published anonymously,
plays, fiction, books with catchy titles, some music, etc.

In studying best form of entry, note the necessary transposition of
some titles, and the use of title-subject entry. See recommendations
_re_ books published under different titles, and the selection of
correct title when binder’s title, translator’s title, etc., do not
agree with the title page.

A careful decision must be made as to which series require entry, as
this is not necessary in all cases. Study examples of various methods
of arranging items under a series heading, the necessary entries or
references for the editor of a series, and the correct practice in
cases where the editor of a series has written one or several of the
books in that series.


READING LIST.

  Anglo-American Code--Rules _112-129_.

  Cutter--Rules _120-160_.

  Fellows--Cataloguing rules. _pp. 55-57; 87-96; 131-143._

  Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 5-11._

  Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chaps. 4, 17, 18._

  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 14._

  Stewart--Rules for an author and title sheaf catalogue. _L.W. Vol.
  10, 1908, pp. 364-7._


QUESTIONS.

  _1._ How, and for what purpose, are title and subject entries
  combined? Give example.

  _2._ State which classes of books usually require title entries.

  _3._ Books have been published at different times under changed
  titles. How would you catalogue such works?

  _4._ What is a “series” entry? Give example. What method of arranging
  the entries under a series heading would you adopt, and why?

  _5._ Give four examples of title entries for works other than
  fiction. State the reason why title entries are necessary.


_Lesson 6._

ANNOTATION.

Unless annotation is done very well, and the information given is very
accurate, it is better not attempted. Study the object of annotation,
and when it is necessary. Remember that the need of the readers is the
chief guiding principle.

Each class of literature has its own special requirements in
annotation, and after noting the general principles, the student will
find it profitable to study the classes individually.

The subject is treated fully in Savage’s Manual, and the shorter
articles in the following list deal specially with selected points or
add emphasis to some particular aspect of the subject.


READING LIST.

  Baker--Co-operative annotation and guides. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp.
  272-283._

  Bostwick--Book annotation. _P.L. Vol. 24, 1919, pp. 87-90._

  Brown--Manual of practical bibliography. _Chap. 6, pp. 92-94._

  Eastwood--Principles of book annotation. _N.Y. State Library School,
  Bulletin 34, 1913. pp. 73-76._

  Peplow--Evaluative annotation. _L.A. Vol. 5, 1907, pp. 211-213._

  Savage--Manual of descriptive annotation. _Grafton. 1906. 6s._

  Savers--The children’s library. _pp. 45-51. Routledge. 1911. O.P._

  Sayers and Stewart--Annotation. _L.W. Vol. 8, 1905, pp. 36-39; 91-94._


QUESTIONS.

  _1._ When are annotations necessary, and what are the general
  principles to be observed in framing them?

  _2._ What is the essential difference between evaluative and
  descriptive annotation?

  _3._ State the kind of books for which you would give annotations
  dealing with (_a_) standpoint; (_b_) period; (_c_) qualifications of
  author.

  _4._ In framing annotations for (_a_) a historical work; (_b_)
  a scientific work; (_c_) a biography; (_d_) a work on some
  controversial topic, what information would you give?


_Lesson 7._

VARIETIES OF CATALOGUES. CO-OPERATIVE CATALOGUING. CENTRAL CATALOGUING
BUREAU; UNION CATALOGUES. CATALOGUING FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES:--CHILDREN’S
CATALOGUES, BULLETINS, LISTS, ETC.

Study definition of each style of catalogue, author, subject,
dictionary, classified, alphabetical-classed, etc. The dictionary
and classified forms are mostly in use, and opinion is divided as to
which is the more suitable style for a public library, each claiming
merits not possessed by the other. In order to decide which style most
adequately serves the needs of the particular public using the library,
consider what questions are likely to be asked of a catalogue which it
may be reasonably expected to answer, and see to what extent these are
met by the respective styles of catalogues.

The policy of establishing a Central Cataloguing Bureau in England
is under constant reference. Study the advantages claimed for, and
difficulties to be surmounted by, such a department. To what extent
does the Library of Congress card scheme satisfy requirements in this
direction?

Many suggestions have been made with a view to co-operation in
cataloguing. Consider what it is claimed possible to accomplish in this
direction, and note what has been attempted towards this end.

The Manchester and Glasgow union catalogues are notable examples of
co-operation in order to give fullest information on a particular
subject available in the locality.

Carefully consider the utility of these attempts at co-operation, and
the possibilities underlying the various suggestions which have been
made.

Note the extent to which the usual cataloguing practice is modified
when compiling children’s catalogues, lists, bulletins, etc.


READING LIST.


VARIETIES OF CATALOGUES:--

  Barrett--Alphabetical and classified forms of catalogues compared.
  _International Library Conference, 1897. Transactions, pp. 67-71._

  Bishop--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 3._

  Bond--Classified versus dictionary: a comparison of printed
  catalogues. _L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900, pp. 313-318._

  Brown--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition. Chap. 18._

  Doubleday--Dictionary versus classified catalogues for lending
  libraries. The dictionary catalogue. _L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp.
  521-531._

  Funnell--Sketch of the history of the classified catalogue in the
  British Isles. _L.W. Vol. 14, 1911-12, pp. 197-200._

  Guppy--Lectures on cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 19-21._

  Kroeger--Dictionary catalogues versus bibliographies. _L.J. Vol. 27,
  1902, pp. 180-186._

  Lillie--Merits of the classified and dictionary catalogues. _L.W.
  Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 97-102._

  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chap. 3._

  Sayers--Introduction to library classification. _Chap. 11. The
  classified catalogue._


  CO-OPERATIVE CATALOGUING; CENTRAL CATALOGUING DEPT.; UNION CATALOGUES.

  Blease--Co-operative cataloguing. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914, pp. 513-525._

  Hastings--Library of Congress printed cards: how to order and use
  them. _2nd edition, 1914. Government Printing Office, Washington._

  Library of Congress--Handbook of card distribution. _3rd edition,
  1914. Government Printing Office, Washington._

  Mattern--National and international co-operation in the field of
  analytical cataloguing. _L.J. Vol. 37, 1912, pp. 370-376._

  Richardson--Cumulative printed catalogue for large libraries. _L.J.
  Vol. 41, 1916, pp. 28-31._

  Wright--Co-operative cataloguing. _L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-3, pp. 417-421;
  Vol. 26, 1923-4, pp. 10-16._


CATALOGUING FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES:--CHILDREN’S CATALOGUES, BULLETINS,
LISTS, ETC.

  Collar--Classification and cataloguing of children’s books. _L.J.
  Vol. 28, 1903, pp. 57-68._

  Mann--Subject headings for juvenile catalogues. _A.L.A., 1916._

  Savage--Reading lists. _L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900, pp. 259-262._

  Sayers--The children’s library. _Chap. 3, Cataloguing, pp. 25-51._

  Sayers _and_ Stewart--Catalogues for children. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905,
  pp. 379-391._

  Sayers _and_ Stewart--Library magazines. _L.W. Vols. 7-8, 1905-6._


QUESTIONS.

  _1._ What are the criteria of a good catalogue?

  _2._ In which special objects or in which direction will better
  results be achieved by co-operation in cataloguing?

  _3._ Make a brief evaluative comparison between a dictionary and a
  classified catalogue.

  _4._ Outline briefly the special purposes of a (_a_) bibliography;
  (_b_) catalogue; (_c_) bulletin; (_d_) reading list.

  _5._ What would be your main considerations in compiling a children’s
  catalogue, and in what way would the usual cataloguing practice be
  modified?

  _6._ Describe briefly the various kinds of catalogues. State which
  you prefer in an open-access library, giving reasons for your choice.


_Lesson 8._

FORMS OF CATALOGUES:--CARD, SHEAF, PRINTED, PLACARD, ETC. METHODS OF
DISPLAY.

The librarian’s choice of catalogue does not end with the decision on a
dictionary or a classified variety. The form of the catalogue has also
to be considered. Of the three main forms--card, sheaf, and printed,
the number of each kind in use at the present time testifies to the
varying opinions held as to their suitability.

Study the considerations affecting the choice of any one of these, and
the advantages claimed for each.

In order to ensure the fullest use being made of the catalogues by the
public, no effort should be spared in making them most conveniently
accessible. Although the devices invented to achieve this end are so
numerous, many of them are mere variations of the same principle, and
although opportunity must be taken to see as many different kinds as
possible, an examination of a device illustrating each principle will
enable the student to grasp the underlying idea of all.


READING LIST.

  Brown--Library classification and cataloguing. _Chaps. 8 and 9._

  Brown--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition, 1919. Chaps. 18 and
  19._

  Brown--Tyranny of the catalogue. _L.W. Vol. 11, 1908, pp. 1-6._

  Jast--The sheaf and card catalogues: a comparison. _L.W. Vol. 5,
  1902, pp. 129-131._

  Sayers _and_ Stewart--The card catalogue. _Grafton, 1915. 5s._

  Stewart--The sheaf catalogue. _Grafton, 1908. 5s._

  Willcock--Is the printed catalogue doomed? _L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907, pp.
  384-389; 400-406._


QUESTIONS.

  _1._ Enumerate the advantages claimed for (_a_) a card catalogue;
  (_b_) a printed catalogue; (_c_) a sheaf catalogue; (_d_) a placard
  catalogue.

  _2._ Outline the points which would influence your decision in
  choosing between a card and a sheaf catalogue.

  _3._ How would you guide a card catalogue? Illustrate by a rough
  sketch.

  _4._ Describe the principal methods of displaying catalogues. Which
  method do you prefer, and why?


_Lesson 9._

PREPARATION OF THE PRINTED CATALOGUE.

Note the various decisions required in planning a catalogue--edition,
size, type, paper, binding.

Draw up a sample specification. Study the practice in obtaining
tenders, and considerations necessary in deciding upon the most
suitable.

Careful preparation and marking of the copy will save troublesome
corrections at a later stage. It must be clearly marked to show the
printer the various changes of type.

Learn the correction marks used in checking proof. Attention must be
given to the necessary captions, etc., when checking page proof.

Considerations regarding type will be simplified by a knowledge of the
Point System of type measurement (see paragraph on page _24_).


READING LIST.

  Philip---Production of the printed catalogue.

  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _Chapter 15; Appendix A_.

  Walter--Library printing. _A.L.A. Manual. Chapter 32._

  Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _N. Y.: Wilson, 1924. Also
  Grafton. Chap. 16, pp. 271-298._ Library printing.

  Wheeler--The library, and the community. _A.L.A., 1924. Also Grafton,
  15s. Chap. 21, pp. 222-242._ Lay-out and typography of printed matter.


QUESTIONS.

  _1._ Prepare a specification for the printing of a catalogue of
  _20,000_ volumes.

  _2._ State what kinds of type you would bring into use in a
  classified catalogue of 10,000 volumes, and how you would mark the
  copy for the printer’s guidance.

  _3._ Give as many proof correction marks, with explanations, as you
  can.


_Lesson 10._

INDEXING. ARRANGEMENT. ALPHABETISING.

Efficient indexing is an absolute necessity if the information
contained in the Library or in the catalogue, if in classified form, is
to be made fully and readily available.

Lack of experience in this direction accounts in many cases for the
impression that indexing requires no great amount of discretion or
ability, and students are warned that this erroneous estimate is
invariably a preliminary to unsatisfactory work.

Compare the manner in which relative and specific indexes respectively
achieve their object.

A decision will be required upon several points in compiling an index
to a catalogue, _e.g._, use of page or location number for reference,
form of entry, etc. Some entries are short almost to the point of being
cryptic, others apparently contain matter superfluous in an index.

Even in the matter of arranging the entries custom varies. Study the
rules laid down by Cutter. Make a special point of consistency in
alphabetising.


READING LIST.

  Clarke--Manual of practical indexing.

  Cutter--Rules _298-350_.

  Hawkes--Alphabetization of catalogues. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp.
  262-266._

  Hitchler--Cataloguing. _Chap. 23._

  Neesham--Amplified indexing. _L.W. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 67-70._

  Prideaux--Some thoughts on indexing. _L.A.R. (N.S.), Vol. 3, 1925,
  pp. 160-169._

  Quinn--Library cataloguing. _pp. 70-79._

  Wheatley--How to catalogue a library. _Chap. 6._


QUESTIONS.

  _1._ Describe the subject index you would provide for a classified
  catalogue on cards.

  _2._ Give the main points to be observed in alphabetising.

  _3._ Show the order in which you would arrange the following entries
  for a dictionary catalogue:--Stone and gravel--_Title._ Stone (E.
  M.)--_Person._ Stone--_Subject._ Stonecroft--_Place._

  _4._ Explain what is meant by “something follows nothing.”


TEST EXAMINATION.

_Questions to be answered without the aid of text books, notes, etc._

  _1._ Give the Anglo-American Code rules relating to (_a_) Oriental
  names; (_b_) Acts of Parliament; (_c_) trials; (_d_) names with
  prefixes; (_e_) married women; (_f_) indexes.

  _2._ Give a list of twelve books of reference useful to a cataloguer.

  _3._ In a classified catalogue what typographical distinction would
  you advise for (_a_) the various headings, classes, divisions,
  sections (_b_) text; (_c_) annotations? What steps would you take to
  show the printer your requirements?

  _4._ State in the form of a short essay what you know of the history
  of the classified catalogue _or_ the British Museum catalogue.

  _5._ Illustrate by examples of entries how you would catalogue a
  collection of maps.

  _6._ How can co-operation be applied locally? State what you know of
  any such effort.

  _7._ Give three entries, with necessary references and index entries,
  for dictionary and classified catalogues.

  _8._ State what variety and form of catalogue you would choose for a
  lending library of 30,000 volumes, adding 2,000 volumes annually. Say
  which points would mainly affect your decision, and give reasons for
  your choice.

  _9._ What relation has the Institut International de Bibliographie to
  cataloguing?

  _10._ State how you would catalogue a book where the title-page is
  missing.

As in Course 3, Classification, the best practical test lies in the
papers set at past Library Association examinations. These may be had
at a trifling cost on application to the Offices of the Association.


NOTES ON CATALOGUING FRENCH AND LATIN BOOKS.

In cataloguing French books the following codes must be thoroughly
studied: Quinn--Manual of Library Cataloguing, _1913_ edition, _pp.
114, 125, 127_. Cutter’s Rules for a Dictionary Catalogue. Section
_29_, _pp. 34-35_, and A.L.A. & L.A. Cataloguing Rules.

The difficulty of cataloguing French books is mainly found with names
containing the prefix Le, La, L’, Du, Des, De la, D’, De.

The student should note the method of treatment in the above codes and
supplement this by consulting the indexes of standard text-books of
French literature, noting what names the authors are entered under,
and see how far they agree with the codes. Such works as Faguet’s “A
literary history of France,” _The Library of Literary History Series_;
Dowden’s “A history of French literature,” _Short Histories of the
Literatures of the World_; Saintsbury’s “A short history of French
literature”; and Wright’s “A history of French literature” will well
repay careful perusal.

An early mistake in cataloguing French books is to enter the letter M
as an initial of the author. If the letter is hyphenated to another
letter, _e.g._, M-A--then the M. stands for one of the author’s
initials, but should it have a full stop, as M.A.--then the letter M
would stand as an abbreviation for _Monsieur_.

The general rule is to enter under the prefix when it contains an
article, le, la, l’, du, des, but not under the preposition de, d’,
_e.g._,

  Le Sage, Alen René
  La Fontaine, Jean _de_
  Du Boisgobey, Fortune
  Chenier, André Marie _de_
  Aubigne, Agrippa _d’_

Exceptions do occur, but very seldom, and then only in the case of very
early writers, when the full name is best given, _e.g._,

  Jean de la Bierre.

When prefixes are embodied as part of a surname, it must be catalogued
as one name, _e.g._,

  Delarne-Mardrus, Lucie.

In cataloguing Latin books the following codes must be studied:
Quinn--Manual of Library Cataloguing, _pp. 128-130_; Cutter--Rules for
a Dictionary Catalogue, Section _30_, and A.L.A. & L.A. Cataloguing
Rules.

It is now the general practice to enter Latin authors under the English
name, as adopted in our standard biographical dictionaries, such
as Smith’s “Dictionary of Greek and Roman Biography,” and Harper’s
“Dictionary of classical literature and antiquities.” In a great
number of cases, however, these dictionaries enter under the Latin or
vernacular form and the beginner in cataloguing Latin books is soon in
difficulties, and still greater confusion results where an author has
three names, as Titus Lucretius Carus, or Caius Suetonius Tranquillus,
he does not know which is the best name. The nominative case is the
best for the heading in practically every case. In order to become
familiar with the names of Latin authors the beginner should know the
case endings of the various declensions, especially the nominative
and genitive plural, also the indexes to the following books may be
profitably perused: Crutwell’s “A history of Roman literature,” also
Appendix at _pp. 483-489_; Dimsdale’s “A history of Latin literature”;
Duff’s “A literary history of Rome”; Wilkins’s “Roman literature.”

A careful observation of the various names should enable the cataloguer
to recognise them when a Latin book comes along, for instance in

  P. Ovidi Nasonis Tristium. Libri V. Recensuit.
  Catulli, Veronensis liber: iterum recognovit.
  P. Terenti, Comoediæ.
  T. Macci Plavti Rudens.

The student should be able to select the names Ovidi, Catulli, Terenti
and Plavti and from these we get the Anglicised names Ovid, Catullus,
Terence and Plautus.


THE PRINTED CATALOGUE.

The printed catalogue is rapidly disappearing due chiefly to the high
cost of printing and the almost universal adoption of the open-access
system. A card or sheaf catalogue, supplemented by bulletins or
occasional lists, is in use in most libraries, but the following still
find it advisable to issue Class Lists: Bolton, Brighton, Burnley,
Finsbury and Glasgow. In each case the Dewey Decimal Scheme is the plan
of arrangement. The following libraries issue printed bulletins or
reader’s guides:--Coventry, Croydon, Ipswich, Norwich, Nottingham and
Warrington.


SPECIFICATION FOR PRINTING A CATALOGUE.

The best way to have a catalogue printed is first of all have a
specimen page “set up,” with entries that will bring in all the types
to be employed. This, together with a copy of the specification may be
sent to six different firms inviting them to tender for so much per
page.


_Specification for printing a Public Library Catalogue._

BOROUGH OF MONTANA.

  The Committee of the Public Library invite tenders for printing a
  catalogue of their Lending Library upon the following conditions:--

  _Edition and Size._--The edition to consist of 750 copies, demy
  octavo in size (not less than 8⅞″ by 5⅝″ when bound).

    _Note.--The number of the edition depends entirely upon local
    circumstances and whether Sectional Class Lists or a complete
    catalogue is being printed._

  _Type and Setting._--8-point Old Style, with occasional small
  capitals, italics, and Clarendon or Antique; with 6-point for
  subjects, notes, and contents, and the proper accented letters in
  foreign languages. To be set solid, fifty-five lines (all types) to
  the page (apart from page-heading, which is to contain a title and
  catch-word syllables). Turnover lines to be indented one em, the
  repeat dash to be one em, the class-letter and number to stand clear
  four ems, the 6-point indent to be two ems. Spaces between the end of
  the book entry and the class-letter to be filled with leaders. The
  type must be free from wrong founts, and must not be worn or broken.
  For the punctuation and use of capitals the “copy” must be closely
  followed.

  _Specimen Page._--The specimen page enclosed shows the size of the
  printed page, the manner of setting out, and the proportions of type
  founts may be accepted as a fair specimen of the whole.

  _Paper._--To be demy, at least 30-lbs. to the ream, of good finish,
  white, and uniform in tint throughout.

  _Machining._--The sheets to be well “made ready” in perfect register,
  with good ink and uniform impression, afterwards rolled or pressed.

  _Time._--From the first receipt of copy, the work to be proceeded
  with at not less than two sheets of sixteen pages each per week until
  completed, or in default thereof the printer to pay a sum of five
  shillings per day as damages.

  _Proofs._--Two copies of proof in galley form and two copies of a
  revise in page form to be furnished for reading and correction. The
  Librarian to have the right to demand a revise in galley and such
  revises in page as he shall deem necessary. No sheet to be sent to
  press until ordered by the endorsement of the Librarian thereon.

  _Additions and Corrections._---The Librarian to have the right to
  insert additional matter in galley but not in page. No charge to be
  allowed for author’s corrections unless pointed out and priced at the
  time they are made.

  _Number of pages._--The number of pages is estimated to be 250 more
  or less, but the number is not guaranteed and no allowance will be
  made for any miscalculation in this respect.

  _Covers._--750 covers to be printed upon coloured paper, of an
  approved tint, not less than 30-lbs to the ream (demy). The front of
  this cover to be printed with the title of the catalogue.

  _Binding._--The whole edition to be bound in good straw-boards of
  suitable thickness, strongly sewn with thread, with cloth strip backs
  of good quality, the covers being pasted on the front and back and
  the whole cut flush. Fourteen days will be allowed for binding after
  the last sheet has been returned for the press.

  _Delivery._--When completed the catalogues are to be securely tied up
  in brown-paper parcels of fifty each and delivered to the Librarian
  at the Public Library.

  _Tender._--The tender is to state the price per page for 8-point and
  for 6-point respectively, this price to be inclusive of all charges
  for press corrections, covers, binding, and delivery as aforesaid.
  When completed work to be measured up, and, according to the quantity
  of each of the above types used, charges will be allowed. Payment
  will be made within three months afterwards.

  _Other conditions._--The work is to be carried out to the entire
  satisfaction of the Librarian, and if he is dissatisfied with its
  execution he is authorised to stop the work and refer the matter to
  the Library Committee for their decision, which shall be final and
  binding.

  _Contract._--The firm whose tender is accepted may be required by
  the Committee to enter into a contract with the Borough Council
  to carry out the work in accordance with this specification and
  its conditions, and to give an undertaking that the rate of wages
  paid and the hours of labour observed are those that are generally
  accepted as fair by the printing trades.

  The Committee do not bind themselves to accept the lowest or any
  tender. Tenders with samples of the paper proposed to be used, to
  be sent in sealed envelopes, and endorsed “Catalogue” to reach the
  undersigned on or before January 1st, 1927.

    GEORGE PRESTON,
    _Borough Librarian._

    Public Library,
    Montana.


ORDER OF BIBLIOGRAPHICAL PARTICULARS FOR CATALOGUING.

  _1._ Author’s surname.
  _2._ Author’s forenames.
  _3._ Author’s distinctions.
  _4._ Title of book.
  _5._ Additions to title if any.
  _6._ Name of editor or translator.
  _7._ Edition if stated.
  _8._ Series if any (A.L.A. and L.A. bring this after No. 13).
  _9._ Place of publication.
  _10._ Name of publisher.
  _11._ Date of publication.
  _12._ Number of volumes.
  _13._ Size.
  _14._ Number of pages.
  _15._ Illustrations.
  _16._ Portraits.
  _17._ Maps.
  _18._ Plans.
  _19._ Facsimiles.
  _20._ Diagrams.
  _21._ Tables.
  _22._ Charts.
  _23._ Music in text.
  _24._ Memoir.
  _25._ Glossary.
  _26._ Bibliography.
  _27._ Contents.
  _28._ Annotation.




COURSE 5: ENGLISH LITERARY HISTORY

_By James Cranshaw._


GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Any of the following text-books will be found sufficiently full to
answer all questions in the general paper up to _1745_. After that
date, a wider acquaintance with English literature is desirable.
Students who wish for a merit or honours certificate must show a more
intimate knowledge than is to be gained from mere text-books. In this
case he must read the authors themselves, write out his own opinion,
and check it with the opinion of recognised critics. Only in this
way will English literature live and be of service to him after the
examination is passed.


_1._ TEXT BOOKS.

Albert (E.)--History of English literature. _1923. Harrap._

Buchan (John) _Ed._ A history of English literature. _1923. Nelson._

Long (W. J.)--English literature: its history and significance for the
life of the English-speaking world. _1909. Ginn & Co._

Saintsbury (George)--Short history of English literature. _1911._

Brooke (Stopford A.)--English literature, A.D. 670-1832. _1897._

Strong (A. T.)--Short history of English literature. _1921._

Bates (K. L.)--American literature. _1898._

Trent (W. P.)--History of American literature. _1903._


_2._ REFERENCE BOOKS.

Brewer (E. C.)--The Reader’s handbook. _1925._

Cousin (J. W.)--A biographical dictionary of English literature.
_Everyman’s Library. J. M. Dent._

Cambridge History of American literature. _3 vols. in 4. 1918-21._

Cambridge History of English literature. _14 vols. 1907-1916._

Chambers’s Cyclopedia of English literature. _3 vols. 1903._

Garnett (R.) _and_ Gosse (E.)--English literature: an illustrated
record. _4 vols. 1903._

Green (J. R.)--A short history of the English people. _1916._

Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)--A literary history of the English people. _3
vols._

Keller (H. R.)--Reader’s digest of books. _1923._

Seccombe (T.) _and_ Nicoll (_Sir_ W. R.)--“The Bookman” illustrated
history of English literature. _2 vols. 1906._


_3._ USEFUL ANTHOLOGIES.

Broadus (E. K.) _and_ Gordon (R. K.)--English prose from Bacon to
Hardy. _1918._

Hadow (G. E.) _and_ (W. H.)--Oxford treasury of English literature. _3
vols. 1907._

Hudson (W. H.)--Representative passages from English literature. _1914._

Methuen (A.)--Shakespeare to Hardy. _1922._

Newbolt (_Sir_ H.)--An English anthology of prose and poetry. _1921._

Palgrave (F. T.)--The golden treasury. _2 vols. 1904._

Quiller-Couch (_Sir_ A. T.)--The Oxford book of English prose. _1925._

Quiller-Couch (_Sir_ A. T.) Oxford book of English verse, _1250-1900_.
_1907._

Ward (T. H.)--The English poets: selections with critical
introductions. _5 vols. 1903-1918._

Warren (K. M.)--A treasury of English literature ... to the _18_th
century. _1906._

There are of course several good anthologies dealing with special
periods or special forms. The student is warned, however, against
forming any definite opinions from mere selections, as these may
reflect editorial idiosyncrasy or be restricted to one side of an
author’s work.


BIBLIOGRAPHY: SPECIAL PERIODS.


PART I.--_c. 500-1500._


_1._ READING.

Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 1-4._

Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Section 1 and Appendix._

Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chaps. 1-5._

Brooke (S. A.)--English literature. _Chaps. 1-3._

Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Books 1-4._

Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 1-9._


_2._ REFERENCE.

Brooke (S. A.)--English literature ... to the Conquest. _1908._

Cambridge History of English literature. _Vols. 1-3._

Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)--Literary history of English people. _Vol. 1._

Schofield (W. H.)--English literature from the Norman Conquest to
Chaucer. _1906._

Snell (F. J.) Age of Chaucer, _1346-1400_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1901._

Snell (F. J.)--Age of transition, _1400-1580_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1905.
2 vols._


PART II.--_1500-1630._


_1._ READING.

Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 4-5._

Brooke (S. A.)--English literature _Chaps. 3-5._

Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Sections 2-3._

Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chaps. 6-7._

Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Books 5-6._

Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 10-14._

_2._ REFERENCE.

Cambridge History of English literature. _Vols. 4-6._

Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)--Literary history of the English people. _Vols.
2-3._

Saintsbury (G.)--Elizabethan literature, _1560-1660_. _1907._

Snell (F. J.)--The age of transition, _1400-1580_. _1905._

Seccombe (T.) _and_ Allen (J. W.)--Age of Shakespeare, _1579-1631_.
_Handbooks of E.L. 2 vols. 1904._


PART III.--_1630-1745._


_1._ READING.

Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 6-8._

Brooke (S. A.)--English literature. _Chaps. 5-6._

Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Sections 4-5._

Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chaps. 8-9._

Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Books 7-8._

Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 15-21._


_2._ REFERENCE.

Gosse (E.)--From Shakespeare to Pope.

Gosse (E.)--History of 18th century literature, _1660-1780_. _1902._

Cambridge History of English literature. _Vols. 7-9._

Masterman (J. H. B.)--Age of Milton, _1632-1660_. _Handbooks of E.L.
1901._

Garnett (R.)--Age of Dryden, _1660-1700_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1895._

Dennis (John)--Age of Pope, _1700-1744_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1901._


PART IV.--_1745-1832._


_1._ READING.

Seccombe (T.)--Age of Johnson, _1745-1798_. _Handbooks of E.L. 1902._

Herford (C. H.)--Age of Wordsworth, _1798-1832_. _Handbooks of E.L.
1905._

Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 9-10._

Brooke (S. A.)--English literature. _Chaps. 7-8._

Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Sections 5-6._

Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chaps. 9-10._

Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Books 9-10._

Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 22-28._

Bates (K. L.)--American literature. _Chaps. 1-3._

Trent (W. P.)--American literature. _Parts 1-3._


_2._ REFERENCE.

Cambridge History of English literature. _Vols. 10-12._

Cambridge History of American literature. _Vol. 1._

Minto (W.)--Literature of the Georgian era. _1894._

Phelps (W. L.)--The English romantic movement. _1893._

Beers (H. A.)--The English romantic movement. _2 vols. 1910._

Elton (O.)--Survey of English literature, _1780-1830_. _2 vols. 1912._


PART V.--_1832-1920._


_1._ READING.

Saintsbury (G.)--History of 19th century literature, _1780-1895_.
_1896._

Walker (Hugh)--The age of Tennyson, _1832-1870_. _Handbooks of E.L.
1897._

Walker (Hugh)--Literature of the Victorian era. _1910._

Walker (_Mr. and Mrs._ Hugh)--Outline of Victorian literature. _1914._

Albert (E.)--English literature. _Chaps. 11-12._

Buchan (J.)--English literature. _Section 6._

Long (W. J.)--English literature. _Chap. 11._

Saintsbury (G.)--English literature. _Book 11._

Strong (A. T.)--English literature. _Chaps. 22-23._

Bates (K. L.)--American literature. _Chaps. 4-6._

Trent (W. P.)--American literature. _Part 4._


_2._ REFERENCE.

Cambridge history of English literature. _Vols. 12-14._

Cambridge history of American literature. _Vols. 2-3._

Cunliffe (J. W.)--English literature during the last half century.
_1919._

Elton (Oliver)--Survey of English literature, _1830-1880_. _2 vols.
1920._

Jackson (Holbrook)--The Eighteen-nineties. _1913._

Kennedy (J. M.)--English literature, _1880-1905_. _1912._

Manly (J. M.) _and_ Rickert (E.)--Contemporary American literature:
bibliographies and study outlines. _1923._

Manly (J. M.) _and_ Rickert (E.)--Contemporary British literature:
bibliographies and study outlines. _1923._

Williams (Harold)--Modern English writers, _1890-1914_.


LITERARY HISTORY.


_Lesson 1 (c. 500-1500)._


PART I.--OLD ENGLISH PERIOD (_c. 500 to 1066_).

_Forces at Work._--The Anglo-Saxon invasion and gradual conquest and
settlement. The coming of Christianity and its struggle with the pagan
view of life. The inroads of the Danes and the growth of national
feeling under Alfred. The subsequent Danish rule and the Gallicising of
the court. The Norman Conquest.

_Literary Features._--Early literature pagan. The late development
of Christian prose and poetry. The preponderance of anonymous works.
The lack of originality shown in the large number of translations and
imitations. Pagan literature almost wholly descriptive and narrative;
the meditative element. Christian literature chiefly religious and
didactic. Note the chief surviving texts and their peculiarities; also
the characteristics of Anglo-Saxon prosody.

_1._ PAGAN POETRY.--(_a_) _Descriptive and Narrative_:--“Beowulf.”
“Widsith.” “Waldhere.” “Finnsburgh.” “Brunanburgh.” “Maldon.” (_b_)
_Meditative_:--“The Wanderer.” “The Seafarer.” “Deor’s Lament.” “The
Wife’s Complaint.” “The Husband’s Message.”

_2._ CHRISTIAN POETRY. (_a_) Caedmon and his school. (_b_) Cynewulf and
his followers. (_c_) _Minor works_:--“The Riming Poem,” Proverbs, etc.

_3._ ANGLO-SAXON PROSE.--Alfred. Aelfric. Wulfstan. The Homilists.
“The Chronicle.” (Note the character of the works translated, and the
influence of Latin).

_4._ LATIN PROSE.--Bede. Aldhelm. Alcuin.


PART II.--MIDDLE ENGLISH PERIOD (_1066-1350_).

_Forces at Work._--Effects of the Norman Conquest. Growth of feudalism.
The struggle between the king and barons, and between ecclesiastical
and civil power. The spread of monastic orders; the development of
Parliament and constitution. The wars with Scotland, France and Wales;
the growth of towns and industries. The foundation of universities and
the growth of scholarship. The beginnings of chivalry and the spirit of
romance.

_Literary Features._--The disappearance of Anglo-Saxon as a literary
language. The predominance of Latin and French works until the 13th
century. The gradual merging of Norman and Anglo-Saxon into English;
the clash of dialects and the final triumph of the West Midland speech;
the subsequent struggle between Latin, French, and native models in
poetry and prose. Note the decrease in anonymous works (but lack of
detail regarding most authors), and the absence of any great literary
figure. Poetry predominates and attains new forms in the metrical
romance and the lyric. The revival of alliteration at the end of the
period. The growth of rhymed models.

_1._ ANGLO-LATIN LITERATURE.--Note influence of Paris and Oxford.
(_a_) _Chroniclers_: William of Malmesbury. Henry of Huntingdon.
Geoffrey of Monmouth. William of Newburgh. Jocelin of Brakelond.
Giraldus Cambrensis. Walter Map. Matthew Paris, (_b_) _Scholars and
Philosophers_: Anselm. John of Salisbury. Alex. Neckham. Robert
Grosseteste. Roger Bacon. Richard de Bury. Duns Scotus. William of
Occam.

_2._ ANGLO-FRENCH LITERATURE.--Gaimer and Wace, and their influence on
the rhyming chroniclers. Religious and didactic works and their English
counterparts. The Norman romantic spirit and its influence on popular
literature.

_3._ MIDDLE ENGLISH PROSE.--“The Ancren Riwle.” “Ayenbit of Inwit.”

_4._ POETRY OF THE TRANSITION.--(_a_) _The Rhyming Chronicles_:
Layamon. Robert of Gloucester. Mannynge of Brunne. Laurence Minot.
(_b_) _Religious and Didactic_: (_i_) The “Ormulum.” “Owl and the
Nightingale.” “Proverbs of Alfred.” “Poema Morale.” (_ii_) “Proverbs
of Hendyng.” “Cursor Mundi.” “Pricke of Conscience.” “Handlynge
Synne.” (_c_) _Metrical Romances_: The Carlovingian, Arthurian, Roman,
and other romance “cycles.” (_d_) _Tales in Verse_: Fabliaux, moral
tales, beast stories, and satirical pieces. Story collections like
the “Gesta Romanorum” and the “Seven Sages of Rome.” (_e_) _Lyric and
Miscellaneous_: Songs of love and religion. Political Songs. (_f_) _The
Alliterative Revival_: “Pearl,” “Cleanness,” “Patience,” “Sir Gawayne
and the Green Knight.”

_5._ ORIGINS OF THE DRAMA.--Mummery, miracle plays, and mysteries.

_6._ OUTLINES OF WELSH AND IRISH LITERATURE.


PART III.--THE EARLY RENAISSANCE (_1350-1500_).

_Forces at Work._--The growing social unrest following the Plague. The
growth of town life and industries. The strengthening of Parliament
under the Lancastrians. The decay of the religious orders and growth of
Lollardy. The introduction of printing leading to a wider interest in
literature.

_Literary Features._--The renewal of continental influences under
Chaucer. The standardisation of English. The growth of the critical
spirit leading in religion to polemic and in poetry to a nearer
approach to realism. The development of miracle and morality plays
in connection with industries and town life. The decline of anonymity
and the appearance of the first great literary figures. The growing
importance of prose, and the formation of a definite style. The
development of a new prosody, and the growth of allegory, ballad
literature, and political songs. The rapid development in Scotch poetry.

_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Leaders_: Chaucer. Langland. Gower. (_b_)
_English Chaucerians_: Lydgate, Occleve, Hawes, and the minors. (_c_)
_Early Scots Poetry_: Barbour. Blind Harry. Andrew of Wyntoun. The
Chroniclers. (_d_) _Scottish Chaucerians_: James I. Henryson. Dunbar.
Douglas. Kennedy. (_e_) _Folk Poetry_: Songs, ballads, political and
religious verse.

_2._ THE DRAMA.--Development of miracle plays and moralities. _The
chief cycles_: York, Wakefield, Chester, Coventry Newcastle, Norwich.
_Chief Moralities_: “Castle of Perseverance,” “Mary Magdalen,”
“Everyman.”

_3._ PROSE.--Wyclif and Trevisa, Mandeville, Pecock, Fortescue, and
Capgrave. Malory, Caxton, and Berners. The “Paston Letters.”


TEST PAPER--(_c. 500 to 1500_).

_1._ The Christian poetry of the Anglo-Saxon period is generally
divided into two schools. Name these, and arrange under each the chief
works and writers where known.

_2._ What are the chief characteristics of Old English prose?

_3._ What effect had the Norman Conquest on English literature?

_4._ Name the chief poems which mark the transition stage between Old
English and Modern English.

_5._ In what form did the romantic spirit find its outlet in Middle
English literature?

_6._ Contrast the literary spirit of Chaucer’s age with that of the
previous age.

_7._ Who were the chief followers of Chaucer in England and Scotland?
Briefly contrast any two of them.

_8._ What was Caxton’s special service to English literature?

_9._ Write brief notes on any three of the following: “Widsith,”
“Pricke of Conscience,” “Sir Gawayne,” “Gesta Romanorum,” the “Prologue
to the Canterbury Tales,” “Ancren Riwle,” “Mandeville’s Travels,”.

_10._ Name the source and approximate date of any five of the following:

    “Sumer is icumen in.”

    “He was a very parfit gentil knight.”

    “In a somer seson, when softe was the sonne.”

    “He knew the taverns well in every toun.”

    “A freedom is a nobil thing.”

    “His study was but litel in the Bible.”

    “For he that is trewe of his tongue, and of his two handes and doth
    the werken therewith, and willeth no man ille; He is a god by the
    gospel.”


_Lesson 2 (1500-1630)_


PART I.--RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION (_1500-1579_).

_Forces at Work._--The accession of the Tudors making for peace and
social development. The introduction and spread of the new learning
by Erasmus and others. The Reformation. Henry’s struggle with the
Papacy, and the resulting reconstitution of the English church and
dissolution of the monasteries. The religious persecutions under Mary
and Elizabeth, and the beginnings of Puritanism.

_Literary Features._--A period of transition and for the most part poor
in material. Changes in the language, such as the dropping of the final
e, are causing new metrical experiments and forms. Barclay introduces
the ecologue, and Wyatt and Surrey the sonnet. A striking feature is
the decay of Scottish poetry, which does not revive until the 18th
century. The drama gradually supersedes the old metrical romance. The
miracle and morality play give way to the interlude, and later to
tragedy and comedy proper. Prose is chiefly concerned with religious
and historical topics. There is a marked decay in the influence of
Latin models, and some tentative attempts to develop native qualities.
The bases of all our four prose styles are laid in this period.

_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Scottish Rearguard_: Lyndsay. Maitland.
Alex. Scott. Alex. Montgomerie. (_b_) _The Spenserian Vanguard_:
Hawes. Barclay. Skelton. (_c_) _Satirical and Social Literature_: Mock
testaments. Satires on women. Jest books. Vagabond literature, (_d_)
_The New English Poetry_: Wyatt and Surrey. Gascoigne. Sackville. _The
poetical miscellanies._ (_e_) _Verse Translations from the Classics_:
Their influence as source books for dramatic plots, etc. Jasper
Heywood. Turberville. Phaer and Golding.

_2._ THE DRAMA.--_The Interlude_: John Heywood and John Rastel. Bale
and the “mystery play.” The new classical models at court and school.
_The first comedies_: “Ralph Roister Doister,” “Gammer Gurton’s
Needle,” etc. Dutch, Spanish, and Italian influences. Gascoigne.
Edwards and the anonymous “Humanists,” and their tragi-comedy.
_Romantic comedy_: “Promos and Cassandra,” _Senecan Tragedy_:
“Gorboduc,” Gascoigne. Kyd. Daniel.

_3._ CRITICAL PROSE.--Elyot and Ascham. Cheke. Wilson.

_4._ THE RENAISSANCE SCHOLARS.--Erasmus. Linacre. Grocyn. Colet. Lyly.
Fisher. More. Elyot.

_5._ REFORMATION LITERATURE.--Erasmus. “The Book of Common Prayer.”
Tyndale, Coverdale, and other workers on the English Bible. Cranmer,
Latimer, and the sermon writers. Sternhold and Hopkins and the Hymnal.
Foxe’s “Book of Martyrs.” _The Reformation in Scotland_: P. Hamilton.
J. Knox. R. Lindesay.

_6._ HISTORY AND TRAVEL.--Berners. Bale. Hall. Leland. Harrison.
Hollinshed.

PART II.--THE ELIZABETHANS (_1579-1630_).

_Forces at Work._--An age of expansion, geographically and mentally.
England becomes a power of the first rank, and her new position in the
world of affairs is emphasised by the glorious victory of 1588, and
the achievements of her explorers, adventures, and business men. The
influx of new ideas from the east, and the material wealth from the
west, overshadow the old religious quarrels, and the union of Scotland
and England helped to settle dynastic problems for a time. The new
commercial developments, however, raised the position of the middle
classes, and the reign of James I. is mainly a struggle for economic
power on their part and the “divine right of kings” idea on the part of
the crown.

_Literary Features._--The age is characterised by its revolt against
tradition. Despite the new interest in the classics, translations and
imitations are rendered in a remarkably free spirit. All borrowings are
remoulded and re-fashioned, and given a character native to themselves.
The language, in spite of the introduction of a host of foreign words,
emerges tempered and polished, and there is a remarkable output in all
forms of literature. The age is a quest for romance and adventure,
and nowhere does this spirit show itself so well as in literature.
The drama makes a wonderful leap into maturity; poetry blossoms forth
in great and original beauty. Prose attains a first-rate position,
steadily developing through the “conceits” of Euphuism to the splendid
models of Bacon and Hooker. The novel _only_ remains in its infancy, as
blank verse and metrical facility still overshadow the glorious prose
weapon in the course of development.

The chief poetic forms in use (stated in the order of their popularity)
were the lyric and the sonnet, the descriptive and narrative poem, from
pure description to allegory and pastoral; the religious, satirical
and didactic poem. The drama reaches its summation between _1595_
and _1615_, and begins to decline with Jonson. After Shakespeare the
pre-eminence of tragedy is challenged by light comedy, while the
masque has a brief but glorious run from Jonson to Milton. In prose
we have the remarkable vogue of the “character sketch,” developing
into the regular essay with Bacon, while the prose romance, a host of
miscellaneous pamphlets, theological writings, sermons translations,
travels, and the remarkable “Anatomy of Melancholy” all serve to form
the foundation of many important groups of the future.

_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _Spenser and his successors_: Drummond. Wither.
Wm. Browne. Greville. Sir John Davis. Giles and Phineas Fletcher,
(_b_) _The Sonneteers_: Spenser. Sidney. Daniel. Constable. Lodge.
Barnes. G. Fletcher. Drayton. Shakespeare. (_c_) _Lyrists_: The lyric
in the drama. Greene. Breton. Lodge. Munday. John Wotton. Barnefield.
The miscellanies. Campion. Jonson. Shakespeare. (_d_) _Political
and Patriotic Verse_: Warner. Daniel. Drayton. (_e_) _Religious and
Philosophical Verse_: Giles and Phineas Fletcher. Sir John Davies.
Southwell. Wither. Donne. Drummond. (_f_) _Verse Satire_: Drayton.
Donne. Joseph Hall. Marston.

_2._ THE DRAMA.--(_a_) _Shakespeare’s predecessors_: The “university
wits”: Lyly. Nash. Peele. Lodge. Greene. Kyd. Marlowe. (Note chiefly:
historical plays are of a tragical cast; Lyly the only romantic comedy
writer till Shakespeare). (_b_) _Shakespeare, his contemporaries
and successors_: Jonson. Beaumont and Fletcher. Chapman. Marston.
Dekker. Middleton. Heywood. Tourneur. Webster. (_c_) _The Masque_:
Spenser. Jonson. Campion. Chapman. Beaumont. _(d) Pastoral Drama_:
The “university wits.” Daniel. Fletcher. Jonson. (_e_) _Dramatic
Criticism_: The Puritan attack on the stage. Gosson _versus_ Lodge.
Stubbs _versus_ Heywood, etc.

_3._ PROSE.--(_a_) _The Novel_: Its origins in romance of chivalry
and pastoral romance. The idylls of Lyly, Sidney, Greene, Lodge. The
realistic attempts of Nash and Deloney. The collections of tales from
foreign sources by Brooke, Painter, Fenton, and Pettie. (_b_) _The
“Character Sketch” and Essay_: Hall. Breton. Overbury. Earle. Bacon.
(_c_) _The critics_: Sidney. Harvey. Puttenham. Webbe. Harington.
T. Heywood. Jonson. Campion _versus_ Daniel. War of diction, form,
and style. (_See also_ Dramatic Criticism), (_d_) _The Satirists_:
Audelay. Harman. Dekker. Nash (_See also_ verse satire). (_e_) _The
Translators_: The Bible (A.V.) North. Florio. Holland. Fairfax. _Verse
translations_--Chapman. Stanyhurst. Harington. (_f_) _Historians and
Antiquaries_: Bacon. Raleigh. Knolles. Camden. Stow. (_g_) _Travel
and Geography_: Gilbert. Hawkins. Davies. Best. Hakluyt. Purchas.
Coryat. The poetry of discovery. (_h_) _Religious Controversialists and
Theologians_: Hooker. Andrewes. Ussher. Hall. Donne. The Marprelate
Controversy. (_i_) _Philosophical and Miscellaneous Prose_: Burton.
Bacon. Jonson. Selden.


TEST PAPER--_1500-1630_.

_1._ Briefly outline the developments of the drama from _1500-1630_.

_2._ Name the chief representatives of the English “humanists” and
Reformation writers. Describe the work of any one of them.

_3._ The Elizabethans have been described as “adventurers all.” Justify
this in reference to their literary output.

_4._ What were the chief foreign influences at work during the period
_1500-1630_?

_5._ Who were the chief prose writers of the period _1550-1630_?
Contrast any two of them.

_6._ Write a brief critical account of any one of the following:
Marlowe, Jonson, Bacon, or Spenser.

_7._ Discuss the origin and development of the novel in reference to
this period.

_8._ Shakespeare’s dramatic career is usually classified into periods.
Describe these, and name three plays belonging to each.

_9._ What were the chief poetical forms in use in Shakespeare’s day?
Name four users of any one of them.

_10._ Name the author of four of the following quotations, and the
works in which they appear:--

    “Drink to me only with thine eyes.”

    “Dost thou think because thou art virtuous
    There shall be no more cakes and ale.”

    “There is a garden in her face
    Where roses and white lilies blow.”

    “Into the breast which gave the rose
    Shall I with shuddering fall.”

    “We mark when we hit but rarely when we miss.”

    “Since there’s no help, come let us kiss and part.”

    “Was this the face that launched a thousand ships.”

    “He that plots to be the only figure among ciphers
    Is in danger of becoming the decay of a whole age.”


_Lesson 3 (1630-1746)._


PART I.--AGE OF MILTON (_1630-1660_).

_Forces at Work._--The national unity of the Elizabethan age changes
to one of internal strife and dissension. The struggle between the
doctrine of the “divine right of kings” and civil liberty becomes most
acute, and after the failure of the Long Parliament the country is
involved in civil war. The defeat of the Royalists and the rise of the
Puritans changes the conflict to one of civil and religious liberty,
in which the latter gains a temporary triumph. The pendulum of feeling
sweeps violently back again soon after Cromwell’s death.

_Literary Features._--The clash of parties is deeply reflected in the
literature of the times. The unsettled state of affairs results in a
smaller output of poetry, and prose assumes a fierce and disputatious
character. Milton dominates the period, and with this exception, the
fashion is towards shorter poems with more fancy and less fervour, as
witness the metaphysical lyric and its frequent leaps into remote fancy
and absurdity. The Elizabethan adventurous spirit has gone; a pensive
and often melancholy attitude takes its place. The religious lyric is
the only form showing signs of real exaltation: the love lyric, the
ode, the narrative and descriptive poem all tend towards artificiality.
The classic emphasis on form steadily develops. The heroic couplet
begins its long reign, and except in Milton, blank verse is extremely
slipshod. Prose shows a fairly continuous development. The tendency
is toward the ornate, but both middle and plain styles are well
represented. Narrative prose is small, but the age is famous for its
sermons, philosophical, historical, and miscellaneous types. A special
development is the journalistic essay. The drama has practically
collapsed, the only men of note up to the closing of the theatres in
_1642_, being Ford, Massinger, Shirley, Suckling, Davenant.

_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Caroline Lyrists_: Decline of the sonnet.
The classical lyric. The Caroline lyric. Jonson’s influence. Herrick.
Carew. Suckling. Lovelace. Chamberlayne. Kynaston. John Hall. (_b_)
_The Metaphysical School_: Herbert. Crashaw. Vaughan. Treherne.
Quarles. (_c_) _The Couplet_: Decline of blank verse. Sir John
Beaumont. Sandys. Waller. Denham. Cowley. Davenant. Marvell. (_d_)
_Milton and his poetry_: The epic. The ode. The pastoral. The sonnet.
The masque.

_2._ THE DRAMA and its decline. The Elizabethan tradition: Massinger.
Ford. Shirley. Randolph. Brome. Suckling. The masque: Jonson to Milton.
Davenant and the new heroic play.

_3._ THE NOVEL. Bunyan.

_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--Milton. Hobbes. Davenant. Cowley. Growth
of literary characterisation and appreciation. Beginnings of journalism.

_5._ THE SATIRE.--Marvell. Denham.

_6._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Theology_: Baker. Treherne. Baxter.
Fuller. Taylor, (_b_) _Philosophy_: Hobbes and his critics. Harington.
Glanvill. (_c_) _History and Antiquities_: Herbert. Clarendon. Digby.
Browne. Fuller. Walton. Urquhart.


PART II.--AGE OF DRYDEN (_1660-1700_).

_Forces at Work._--The rigour of the Puritans did not long survive
the death of Cromwell. In _1660_, the Stuarts were restored and the
pendulum swung from restriction to license. The political power of
England declined, and the old Stuart tyranny in religion and politics
served to keep alive religious and political factions. In _1688_,
James II. fled, to be succeeded by William and Mary. A new era of
constitutional monarchy, of civil and religious freedom, of decency in
social life resulted, and England’s position in European affairs rose
once more. These conditions were strikingly reflected in the literature
of the times. After _1688_, literature emphasises the political rather
than the religious side of affairs.

_Literary Features._--The Elizabethan romantic spirit is completely
spent. The new spirit is all for restraint and convention. Note the
imitation of Latin models in poetry, and French models in comedy; the
combination of French and classical models in producing the new “heroic
play,” and the growth of the “correct school.” As in the previous age
one figure towers over all the rest. Outside the work of Dryden the age
is poor in ode, lyric, and narrative poetry, but satirical verse shows
great development. The use of the heroic couplet spreads throughout
poetry and drama; blank verse is very rare and very slipshod; while the
lyric still follows the artificial Caroline tradition. Drama has a new
lease of life; French example is developing the new play of “Manners”
of a very licentious character. Prose is not very great in bulk, but
it shows a tendency towards a plain and forcible style. The new “Royal
Society,” with its demand for clearness of expression had much to do
with the new prose. The ornate style of the previous age has but one
great exponent: Burnet.

_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Lyrists_: Dryden. Marvell. The court poets:
Rochester, Sedley, etc. (_b_) _Narrative_: Dryden. Butler. (_c_)
_Satirical and Didactic_: Dryden. Butler. Oldham. Shadwell. (_d_)
_Criticism in Verse_: Mulgrave and Roscommon.

_2._ THE DRAMA.--Spanish and French influences: Molière, Corneille.
Racine, etc. (_a_) _The Heroic Play_: _Dryden_. Orrery. Killigrew.
Settle. Lee. (_b_) _Comedy_: Dryden. Etheredge. Shadwell. Wycherley.
Congreve. Vanbrugh. Farquhar. Behn. Cibber. Centlivre. (_c_) _Tragedy_:
Otway. Lee. Crowne. Southerne. Rowe.

_3._ THE NOVEL.--Bunyan. Aphra Behn.

_4._ THE ESSAY.--The beginnings of modern English prose. Science
and the demand for clarity and simplicity. Pulpit plainness. French
influences. Dryden. Cowley. Osborne. Temple. Halifax.

_5._ MEMOIRS, LETTERS AND DIARIES.--Evelyn. Pepys. Hamilton. Whitelocke.

_6._ POLITICAL WRITERS.--Locke. Sidney. The pamphleteers and the news
letter.

_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Economists_: Locke. Petty. (_b_)
_Science_: Digby. Newton. Harvey. Boyle. Glanvil. (_c_) _Religion_:
Barrow. Pearson. Wilkins. Stillingfleet. Tillotson. South. Bunyan. Fox.
Penn. Barclay, (_d_) _Philosophy_: Locke. Whichcote and the Cambridge
Platonists. More. Cudworth. Culverwell. Cumberland. Glanvil. (_e_)
_History, Travel and Antiquities_: Burnet. Ludlow. Temple. Coke. à
Wood. Dugdale. Ashmole. Knox. Dampier. Molesworth.


PART III.--AGE OF POPE (_1700-1740_).

_Forces at Work._--Under Anne the chief influences which left their
mark on literature were the War of the Spanish succession, the rise of
political parties, the Act of Settlement and the new study of social
and industrial conditions. Under George I. history is largely Whig
politics and the development of English trade. Political life was
corrupt and cynical and social outlook materialistic. The year _1714_,
was the culminating point of the strife between Whigs and Tories. The
accession of the House of Hanover was a triumph for the Low Church and
the middle classes generally.

_Literary Features._--The age is chiefly one of development in prose
style. The tendency in poetry is all towards convention and polish
rather than fervour and freedom. Under Pope and his school the heroic
couplet reaches its climax as a weapon of criticism and satire, and
is often no more than rhymed prose. The political strife influenced
literature in several ways: (_a_) it unloosed an avalanche of pamphlets
and developed a virulent prose style, (_b_) assisted in the formation
of those clubs and coffee houses which were to have so great an
influence on the essay, (_c_) produced a swarm of party periodicals and
literary journals, (_d_) helped to create an increased reading public
and led to the development of the new publishing houses and the race of
hack writers of “Grub Street.”

_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Lyrists_: Prior. Gay. (_b_) _Critical and
Satirical Verse_: Pope. Swift. Prior. Garth. Parnell. Winchilsea.
Savage. Young. (_c_) _Pastoral_: Pope. Gay. Ambrose Philips. (_d_)
_The Ode_: Pope. Winchilsea. (_e_) _Narrative_: Pope’s Homer. Addison.
Blackmore. (_f_) _The Scottish Revival_: The long blight and the kirk.
Survival of popular songs. Allan Ramsay. Robt. Fergusson.

_2._ THE DRAMA.--The effect of the new staging and general decline.
Addison. Ambrose Philips. Steele. Gay. Ramsay. The musical play.

_3._ THE NOVEL.--Defoe. Swift.

_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--Defoe. Addison. Steele. Swift. Rymer.
Gildon. Dennis. Cibber. Rise of the newspaper.

_5._ MEMOIRS, ETC.--Lady M. W. Montagu. Lady Cowper. Lady Suffolk, etc.

_6._ SATIRE.--(Chiefly political). Defoe. Swift. Arbuthnot. Addison.
Bolingbroke. Mandeville.

_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Economists_: Bolingbroke. (_b_)
_Scholars and Antiquaries_: Bentley. Middleton and the classics.
(_c_) _History and Travel_: Burnet. Strype. Collier. Neal, etc. (_d_)
_Burlesques and Translations_: Cotton. John Philips. L’Estrange.

_8._ BEGINNINGS OF AMERICAN LITERATURE.--The colonial period,
_1607-1764_. (_a_) _Poetry_: Bradstreet. Wigglesworth. “The Bay Psalm
Book.” (_a_) _Prose_ (_i_) John Smith Bradford. Winthrop and the early
annalists. (_ii_) The Mather family and other New England divines.


TEST PAPER (_1630-1745_).

_1._ In what ways did the struggle between Parliament and the Crown
affect literature in the period _1630-1660_?

_2._ Who were the Caroline lyrists; compare their work with that of the
Elizabethan lyrists.

_3._ Compare Milton with Dryden, _or_ Defoe with Bunyan, or Evelyn with
Pepys.

_4._ Outline the qualities of Restoration drama. Name the chief writers
in each form of play.

_5._ Trace the development of English prose style from Bacon to Addison.

_6._ What effects had political life on literature in the age of Pope?

_7._ Name three philosophers, three scientific writers and three
religious authors of the period _1660-1748_. Comment on the work of any
one of them.

_8._ Name the author and approximate date of any four of the following:
“Night Thoughts,” “The Gentle Shepherd,” “Moll Flanders,” “Tale of a
Tub,” “Venice Preserved,” “All for love,” “Grace Abounding.”

_9._ Compare Pope and Swift as satirists, or Addison and Steele as
essayists.

_10._ Name the source of five of the following:--

    “Words are wise men’s counters.”

    “Stone walls do not a prison make.”

    “Her feet beneath her petticoat
    Like little mice stole in and out.”

    “A little learning is a dangerous thing.”

    “Still amorous and fond and billing
    Like Philip and Mary on a shilling.”

    “The proper study of mankind is man.”

    “Tis not in mortals to command success,
    But well do more, Sempronius, we’ll deserve it.”

    “Man is a noble animal, splendid in ashes and pompous
    in the grave.”


_Lesson 4 (1745-1832)._


PART I.--AGE OF JOHNSON (_1745-1798_).

_Forces at Work._--The age is one of rapid and vigorous growth in
science and speculation. Note particularly the influence of the
“encyclopedists” and the French “salons.” In politics, England is
developing a strong imperialistic tendency, and her wealth and
possessions are growing apace. Whig and Tory still carry on the party
feud, but with less animosity until the loss of the American colonies
and the outbreak of the French Revolution. Philosophy is largely
sceptical and official religion latitudinarian, but there is a growing
feeling towards evangelism. Note the rise of Wesleyanism, the growing
moral sense, the struggle for the freedom of the press, the movement
towards prison reform and abolition of the slave trade, and also the
beginnings of industrialism. Note above all the tendency towards
naturalism, the new interest in man and his place in nature, and the
growing feeling for the lower classes long before the French Revolution
took place.

_Literary Features._--In literature the tendencies are conflicting.
The rapid growth of science and speculative thought is in favour of
critical prose, but it also serves poetry by challenging the received
ideas. Classicism is still a power with Johnson and his school,
but there is a growing movement towards naturalism. The new spirit
gradually led to the following changes. In poetry, a return to natural
scenes in preference to the artificial pastoral pictures; a revolt
against formal measures and a renewed interest in old Ballads and in
the Middle Ages. In philosophy, to a great deal of theorising as to
man’s place in the world around, and in history to a new critical
school. In the novel we have realism side by side with sentimentalism,
and in the latter years weird romance cheek by jowl with the
philosophical novel and the didactic tale of manners. The drama is in a
transition stage; the metrical play is giving way to the prose drama;
tragedy is practically non-existent and comedy is only rescued from
oblivion by two great names. In miscellaneous prose, letter-writing has
become popular, and the periodical essay is becoming more literary and
less political.


(_a_) AMERICAN LITERATURE.

_1._ POETRY.--Barlow and the “Hartford Wits.” Trumbull and Dwight’s
epics. Frenau’s satires and lyrics. Ralph and the Philadelphians.

_2._ DRAMA.--Beginnings. Tyler. Dunlap. Hillhouse.

_3._ THE NOVEL.--Mrs. Foster. Mrs. Rowson and the domestic novel.

_4._ POLITICIANS AND ORATORS.--Franklin. Jefferson. Paine. Dickinson.
Quincy. Otis. Adams. Henry.

_5._ DIARISTS.--Sewall. Woolman. Franklin.

_6._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Philosophy and Religion_: Chauncey.
Franklin. Woolman. Johnson. (_b_) _History and Travel_: Prince. Irving.
Carver. Bartram. Lewis and Clark.


(_b_) ENGLISH LITERATURE

_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Classical Tradition_: Cibber. Whitehead.
Pye. Johnson. Goldsmith. Dyer. Blair. Shenstone. Akenside. Glover. E.
Darwin. (_See also_ Satire). (_b_) _Poets of Transition_: Thomson.
Collins. Gray. The Wartons. Russell. Smart. Cowper. Blake. Crabbe.
(_c_) _Influence of the Middle Ages_: Macpherson. Percy’s “Reliques.”
Ritson. Chatterton and Spenser. The Wartons. Tyrrwhitt and Chaucer.
(_d_) _The Scottish Revival_: The Hamiltons. Jean Elliott. Beattie.
Ross. Mickle. Logan. Bruce. Fergusson. Burns.

_2._ DRAMA.--The predominance of repertoire until _1770_. Translations
from the French, and the influence of Voltaire. (_a_) _Tragedy_:
Johnson. Lillo. Moore. Home. (_b_) _Panto and Ballad Opera_: Rich.
Gay. Centlivre. Young. Hughes. Thomson. (_c_) _Burlesque and Farce_:
Fielding. Foote. (_d_) _Comedy_: Colman. Murphy. Towneley. Garrick.
Goldsmith. Sheridan. O’Keefe. Macklin. Holcroft. (_e_) _Sentimental
Drama_: Kelly. Cumberland.

_3._ NOVEL.--The perfecting of the novel proper. (_a_) _The Picaresque
Romance_: Fielding. Smollett. Sterne. (_b_) _The Novel of Manners and
Sentiment_: Richardson. Sterne. Mackenzie. Burney. Brooks. (_c_) _The
Romance of Terror_: Amory. Walpole. Beckford. Radcliffe. Reeve. Lewis.
(_d_) _The Revolutionary Romance_: Godwin. Holcroft. Bage. Inchbald.
(_e_) _The Didactic Tale_: Johnson. Goldsmith. H. More.

_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--Johnson. Goldsmith. The Wartons. Gray. The
periodical press. Mrs. Thrale. Mrs. Trench. Twining.

_5._ ORATORY.--Burke. Fox. Pitt. Sheridan.

_6._ DIARISTS, LETTER-WRITERS AND MEMOIRS.--Boswell. Burdy. Holcroft.
Walpole. Wolfe Tone. Chesterfield. Burney. Hannah More. The
Warwickshire coterie: Somervile. Shenstone. Jago. Graves. Cowper. Mrs.
Montagu.

_7._ SATIRE.--Churchill. Wolcot. Anstey. “The Rolliad.” “The
Anti-Jacobin,” “The Baviad,” etc. “Junius.” Gifford. Canning. Frere.
Burns, etc.

_8._ POLITICAL LITERATURE.--Whig and Tory pamphleteers. Smollett.
Wilkes. Burke. Paine. Godwin. Mary Wollstonecroft. Cobbett.

_9._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Philosophy_: Hume. Adam. Smith.
Hartley. Reid and the “commonsense” school. Bentham. Mill and
Utilitarianism. Malthus. Young. E. Darwin. Stewart. (_b_) _Religion_:
Dislike of enthusiasm and general tolerance. The divines: Wake.
Sherlock. The Apologists: Paley. Horsley. Watson. Lowth. Warburton.
The Sceptics: Priestley, Middleton, Paine and the deists. The
evangelists: Whitefield, Fletcher, and the Wesleys. (_c_) _Classical
Scholars, etc._: Parr. Horne Tooke. Wakefield. Porson. Toup. (_d_)
_Science and Discovery_: Black. Cavendish. Priestley. Hutton. Dalton.
White. Pennant. Pinkerton. Bruce. A. Young. (_e_) _Historians_: Gibbon.
Hume. Robertson. Smollett. Goldsmith. Watson. Walpole. Mitford.
Middleton. Whitaker. Ferguson. Strutt.

_10._ CHILDREN’S BOOKS.--The Newberys. Edgeworth. Sherwood. Blake.
Trimmer. Day. Barbauld.


PART II.--AGE OF WORDSWORTH (_1798-1832_).

_Forces at Work._--Note the influence of German thought, the effects
of the French Revolution and of the War between England and France,
_1793-1815_. Also the attitude of the English liberals to the French
Republic and the difference between the older revolutionary poets such
as Wordsworth and the younger such as Shelley. Equally important are
the effects of the industrial revolution, the congregation of people in
towns and the growing demand for political and social measures ending
in the Reform Bill. Note also the War of _1812_, and the emergence of
American literature proper.

_Literary Features._--Literature is marked by a remarkable activity and
success in all forms except the drama. Here nothing better could be
done than low comedy, and the unsuccessful poetic tragedy of Byron and
others. Poetry is exceedingly fertile. The return to Nature heralded
in the previous age, and the new interest in the Middle Ages, comes
to full fruition, while the growing philosophical spirit demands more
than a mere metrical facility and sympathetic observation. All nature
is the field, and the meaning thereof the quest. No new metrical forms
are in vogue, but the new verse is marked by a wider range of subject,
a freshness of treatment, and a simplicity of style. In the novel we
have the full development of the historical and domestic types, and
the introduction of the hybrid “society” novel. A tremendous advance
takes place in the critical and miscellaneous essay. The vogue of these
and of the political essay is seen in the number of new magazines and
newspapers. Prose tends towards the middle style, but all kinds are
represented from plain Cobbett to fervid De Quincey. Letter writers,
literary biography and satire hold minor positions, but by no means
negligible ones, while history and other forms of research are well
represented.


(_a_) AMERICAN LITERATURE.

_1._ POETRY.--Bryant. Paulding. Dana, _Snr._ Woodworth.

_2._ THE DRAMA.--Barker. Payne.

_3._ THE NOVEL.--Brackenridge. Brown. Cooper. Irving. Paulding.

_4._ THE ESSAY.--Channing. Dennie. Wirt. Paulding. Dana, _Snr._

_5._ HUMOR.--Irving and the beginnings of short humorous sketch.

_6._ POLITICIANS AND ORATORS.--Calhoun. Randolph. Clay. Webster.

_7._ PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION.--Hopkins. T. Dwight. A. Norton.

_8._ HISTORY AND BIOGRAPHY.--Irving.


(_b_) ENGLISH LITERATURE.

_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _Wordsworth Group--Poetry of Man and Nature_:
Wordsworth. Coleridge. Bowles. Crabbe. Bloomfield. Clare. Elliott,
(_b_) _Scott Group--Ballad and Song_: Scott. Leyden. Hogg. Cunningham.
Tannahill. Motherwell. Campbell. Moore. Rogers. Southey. Hemans. (_c_)
_Religious Poets_: Montgomery. Heber. Milman. K. White, (_d_) _Shelley
and the younger Revolutionaries_: Shelley. Byron. Keats. Tennant.
Horace Smith. Beddoes. Wells. Wade. Darley. Proctor. Landor.

_2._ THE DRAMA.--The one region in which romanticism failed. Note
prevalence of farce and “commercial” comedy, the vogue of Kotzebue and
the German drama, and of melodrama, and the failure of romantic poetic
drama. _Comedy_: O’Keefe. Colman, _Junr._ Inchbald. Holcroft, Tobin.
Reynolds and Morton. _Melodrama:_ Lewis. Maturin. _Poetic Drama_:
Wordsworth. Coleridge. Baillie. Knowles. Shelley. Beddoes. Byron.

_3._ FICTION.--(_a_) _Novel of Manners_: Edgworth. Lady Morgan. Austen.
Mitford. _Scotch_--Galt. Ferrier. Moir. Picken. Wilson. _Irish_--The
Banims. Griffin. Croker. Carleton. (_b_) _The Picaresque Romance_: T.
Hope. Morier. _The New Fashionable Novel_--Bulwer. Disraeli. Lister.
_Satire_--Peacock. (_c_) _The Romance of Terror_: Lewis. Maturin. M. W.
Shelley. (_d_) _The Revolutionary Romance_: Godwin. Mrs. Opie. Hannah
More. (_e_) _Historical Novel_: The Porters. Miss Lees. M. W. Shelley.
Scott.

_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--(_a_) _The Johnsonian Tradition_: Jeffrey.
S. Smith. Gifford. Lockhart. (_b_) _The Romantic School._: Lamb. De
Quincey. Wilson, Hazlitt. Hunt. Coleridge. Wordsworth. Carlyle.

_5._ LETTER WRITERS.--Keats. Byron. Lamb.

_6._ SATIRE.--Frere. Gifford. Canning and light parody. Byron. Peacock.
Shelley. More. J. and H. Smith.

_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Science and Philosophy_: The
Herschels. Brewster. Davy. W. Smith. Bell. Stewart and Brown,
and the “commonsense” school. The “association” school. (_b_)
_Politics and Sociology_: Godwin, Cobbett, and the “democratic
reformers.” Mill, Ricardo, and the “philosophical radicals.” Malthus.
Mackintosh. Coleridge. (_c_) _Theology_: (_i_) _The Liberals and
Evangelicals_--Hall. Chalmers. Coleridge. Erskine. Irving. (_ii_) _The
Conservatives_--Whately. Thirlwall. (_d_) _Historians_: (_i_) _Hume’s
Followers_--Mitford. Coxe. Roscoe. (_ii_) _Gibbon’s Followers_--Sharon
Turner. Lingard. Hallam. (_iii_) _Military History_--Southey. Napier.
(_e_) _Explorers and Travellers_: Malcolm. Park. Burckhardt. Parry.
Hall. (_f_) _Biography_: Southey. Moore. Lockhart.

_8._ CHILDREN’S WRITERS.--Edgeworth. Lamb. J. Porter. Mrs. Sherwood.
The Taylors. Mrs. Pilkington.


TEST PAPER. (_1745-1832_).

_1._ Describe briefly the successive phases of the novel from
Richardson to Scott.

_2._ What were the characteristics of the new romantic poetry from
_1740-1780_; who were the chief writers?

_3._ What reasons can you offer for the poor position of the drama
during the period _1740-1830_?

_4._ Trace the development of literary criticism from Johnson to
Hazlitt.

_5._ “During this period the writing of history was greatly advanced.”
Discuss this statement.

_6._ Write a brief essay on any one of the following: Austen, Burns,
Johnson, Crabbe, Blake.

_7._ Contrast Shelley with Byron, _or_ Keats with Wordsworth.

_8._ Who wrote the following and when:--“Rasselas,” “Political
Justice,” “Tam-o’-Shanter,” “The Task,” “Lyrical Ballads,” “Mrs. Battle
on Whist,” “A Vision of Judgment”?

_9._ Trace the development of satirical writing from _1745-1830_.

_10._ Name the source of any five of the following quotations:

  “O Sleep it is a gentle thing.”

  “How wonderful is Death,
  Death and his brother, Sleep.”

  “Where’er we tread, t’is haunted holy ground.”

  “The world is a comedy to those that think,
  A tragedy to those who feel.”

  “The man recovered of the bite,
  The dog it was that died.”

  “Knowledge is of two kinds. We know a subject ourselves, or we know
  where we can find information on it.”

  “The child is father to the man.”

  “I stood tip-toe on a little hill.”

  “Here’s to the maiden of bashful fifteen, Here’s to the widow of
  fifty.”

  “Nobody is on my side.... Nobody feels for my poor nerves.”


_Lesson 5 (1832-1920)._


PART I.--THE AGE OF TENNYSON (_1832-1870_).

_Forces at Work._--This was an age of rapid change, and many events
call for remark. Note especially the transcendental movement and its
effects in England and America, the spread of democratic government,
the raise of nationalism in Europe and its results on English poetry,
the deep feeling for the working classes expressed in the Chartists
and Christian Socialist movements, the Oxford Movement, the growth of
commercial enterprise, the conventional outlook of the middle classes
and the succeeding Pre-Raphaelite revolt, the beginnings of popular
education and its effect on the reading public, especially in the
development of magazines and newspapers, and also the cumulative effect
of the new science on poetry, philosophy, history, and general outlook.

_Literary Features._--As in the last age literature is abundant, the
only weak section being the drama. In poetry and speculation the
tendency is away from the hopeful expectations of the revolutionaries.
Doubt and often despair is the note commonly struck. The old
foundations are being undermined and man is seen to be not the
easily perfectible animal he was thought to be. In work of a less
philosophical character, the increased material prosperity of the
middle classes tends towards conventionality, and the renewed interest
in the past to imitative forms. The beginnings of the revolt occur in
the fifties but it does not fully realise itself until the next period.
In addition to the meditative element, narrative and lyric poetry are
well represented. The most important event is the rise of the novel
to the first place among literary forms. One must also notice the
beginnings of the short story, the development of the literary lecture,
and the popularity of the long essay, the new literary criticism and
critical biography, and the rise of the scientific treatise to real
literary rank. History is still chiefly “literary,” but there are
tentative attempts at a philosophy of history and the beginnings of an
application of scientific method to history.

_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Intellectual Movement_: Browning. Tennyson.
Arnold. Clough. Fitzgerald. Bailey. Horne. (_b_) _The Pre-Raphaelites_:
The Rossettis. De Tabley. Morris. Patmore. (_c_) _The Spasmodics_:
Dobell. Alex. Smith. (_d_) _Religious Verse_: Keble. Newman. Hawker.
Faber. Williams. Neale. C. Rossetti. (_e_) _Ballad Writers_: Tennyson.
Browning. Macaulay. Aytoun. Barham. Hawker. Ingelow. Massey. F.
H. Doyle. A. L. Gordon. (_f_) _Vers de Socitete_: Praed. Milnes.
Locker-Lampson. (_g_) _Political Poetry_: Cooper. Loft. (_h_) _Wit and
Humour_: Barham. Hood. Blanchard. Calderley. J. K. Stephen. Aytoun.
Lear. (_i_) _The Celts_: Mangan. De Vere. Darley. (_j_) _The Ladies_:
Browning. Rossetti. E. Bronte. Ingelow. Proctor. L.E.L. (_k_) _Dialect
Writers_: Motherwell. Barnes.

_2._ THE DRAMA.--(_a_) _Poetic Drama_: Browning. Beddoes. Knowles.
Planché. De Vere. Sir H. Taylor. Lytton. Horne. (_b_) _Melodrama_:
Boucicault. Tom Taylor. Wills. Jerrold. Poole. (_c_) _Farce and
Comedy_: Brooks. H. J. Byron. Reade. Robertson. Gilbert.

_3._ THE NOVEL.--(_a_) _Historical Romance_: Ainsworth. James. Lytton.
Grant. Thackeray. Kingsley. Reade. (_b_) _Domestic Romance_: Warren.
Wood. Craik. Yonge. Reade. (_c_) _Society Romance_: Lytton. Disraeli.
(_d_) _The Novel of Manners_: (_i_) _English_--Dickens. Thackeray.
The Brontës. Gaskell. Kingsley. Eliot. Meredith. Trollope. (_ii_)
_Scotch_--Oliphant. Macdonald. (_iii_) _Irish_--Carleton. Maginn.
Mahony. Lover. Lever. (_e_) _Romance of Adventure, etc._: Marryat.
Whyte-Melville. Borrow. Collins. (_f_) _Children’s Writers_: M. Scott.
Hughes. Kingsley. Carroll. Gatty. Rands. H. Martineau.

_4._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--(_a_) _Literary Biography_: Carlyle.
Lockhart. Stanley. Lewes. Forster. (_b_) _Johnsonian Tradition_:
Jeffrey. Wilson. Lockhart. (_c_) _Romantic School_: Carlyle. Hunt.
De Quincey. Macaulay. Wilson. Froude. (_d_) _The New Victorian
School_: Ruskin. Thackeray. Rossetti. Arnold. Swinburne. (_e_) _The
Miscellaneous Essay_: John Brown. The Hares. Landor. Helps. Rands.
(_f_) _The New Literary Lecture_: Carlyle. Thackeray. Dickens.

_5._ LETTERS, DIARIES, ETC.--Carlyle. Macaulay. Thackeray. Dickens.
Fitzgerald.

_6._ SATIRE AND HUMOUR.--Dickens. Thackeray. Jerrold. _See also_
Poetry, Sec. (_h_).

_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Theology_: (_i_) _The
Tractarians_--Newman. Keble. Pusey. (_ii_) _Liberals_--Whately. T.
Arnold. Maurice. Thirlwall. Stanley. Church. (_b_) _Philosophy_:
(_i_) Carlyle and transcendentalism. (_ii_) Hamilton, Mansel, and the
“commonsense” school (_iii_) J. S. Mill and the utilitarians, (_iv_)
H. Martineau, Lewes, and the Comtists. (_v_) Spencer, James Martineau.
Buckle. Bagehot. (_c_) _Science_: Lyell. Miller. Chambers. Spencer.
Darwin. Huxley. Wallace. _Scientific Travel_--Wallace. Bates. Borrow.
Livingstone. Speke. Burton. (_d_) _Historians_: (_i_) _Students
of Origins_--Kemble. Palgrave. Trench. Muller. (_ii_) _Ancient
History_--Lewis. T. Arnold. Thirlwall. Grote. Finlay. Milman. (_iii_)
_Literary Historians_--Carlyle. Macaulay. Hallam. Froude. Burton.
(_iv_) _Scientific and Philosophical_--Buckle. Maine. (_v_) _Military
history_--Napier. Kinglake. Kaye. (_e_) _Biographers_: Carlyle. _See
also_ Essayists, Sec. (_a_).


AMERICAN LITERATURE (_1830-1865_).

_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The New Englanders_: Longfellow. Whittier. Lowell.
Holmes. Emerson. Willis. (_b_) _The Southerners_: Poe. Lanier. Timrod.
(_c_) _The Middle States_: Halleck. Drake. B. Taylor. Holland. Boker.
Whitman.

_2._ THE DRAMA.--Bird. Smith. Conrad. Boker.

_3._ THE NOVEL.--(_a_) _The Romancers_: Hawthorne. Poe. Kennedy. Simms.
Melville. (_b_) _Novel of Manners_: Stowe. Winthrop. O’Brien. “Ik
Marvel.” (_c_) _The Short Story_: Hawthorne. Poe. Cooke.

_4._ THE HUMORISTS.--(_a_) Seba Smith. Haliburton. “Josh Billings.”
“Artemus Ward.” D. R. Locke, (_b_) Saxe. Leland. Whittier. Lowell.
Holmes.

_5._ ESSAYISTS AND CRITICS.--Emerson. Ticknor. Poe. Lowell. Hudson.
Willis. Tuckerman. Grant White. Whipple. Curtis. _Natural History
Essay_: Thoreau. Burroughs.

_6._ POLITICAL WRITINGS AND ORATORY.--Webster. Clay. Choate. Phillips.

_7._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Philosophy and Religion_: Channing.
Alcott. Parker. Emerson. Fuller. Thoreau. Bushnell. Beecher. Hopkins.
(_b_) _History_: Bancroft. Prescott. Motley. Parkman.

_8._ CHILDREN’S WRITERS.--Sedgwick. Child. Warner. Finley. Whitney.
Goodrich. Abbott. Dana.


LATER VICTORIAN AND GEORGIAN AGE (_1870-1920_).

_Forces at Work._--Amidst ever increasing complexity one may briefly
note (_a_) The influence of British imperialism and commercialism, the
development of dominion literature, and the Celtic Revival partly due
to the frustration of Irish nationalism; (_b_) the rapid development
of industry and the resulting increase in production and population;
(_c_) the growth of trade unionism, the widening rift between classes
and masses, and the resulting emphasis in literature on political and
social abuses; (_d_) realisation of a national Education Act, its
further development, and the subsequent growth of popular literature
and of journalism; (_e_) the spread of the scientific spirit and its
effects in heightening a critical and analytical attitude; (_f_) the
influences from France, Russia, and Scandinavia with their trend
towards crude or impressionistic realism and psychological analysis.

_Literary Features._--The complexity of the age favoured many attitudes
besides realism and analysis. In poetry one may range from romantic
lyric or narrative to “satires of circumstance” or “stage-door
flashlights,” while the feeling towards new models is shown not only
in choice and treatment of subject but in the wide experimentation in
new forms of verse. The drama in its first stage is limited to romantic
comedy, but after Ibsen it becomes realistic and often satirical.
The novel rises to be the chief instrument of public expression, and
amidst the vast output, one may note the steady stream of romantic,
realistic, and propaganda novels, while the short story achieves a
triumph in itself. Miscellaneous prose writers are prolific; the growth
of journalism tends to shorten the literary and critical essay, but
the lengthy literary biography has still many adherents. A prominent
class is the historical, philosophical and scientific treatise, and
with the rise of popular education children’s literature achieves a
special place. In poetry, style ranges from florid Swinburne and ornate
Thompson to the delicate silver of Bridges, while in prose there are
masters in every style.


LATER VICTORIAN AND GEORGIAN AGE (_1870-1920_).

_1._ POETRY.--(_a_) _The Victorian Tradition_: Tennyson. Browning.
Austin. Bridges. Blunt. Gosse. Lang. “Owen Meredith.” Phillips.
Watts-Dunton. Beeching. Benson. Gale. Quiller-Couch. Carpenter.
Hewlett. Flecker. (_b_) _The Pre-Raphaelites_: Rossetti. Patmore.
Morris. Swinburne. De Tabley. (_c_) _The Impressionists_: A. Symons.
Dowson. Wilde. Le Gallienne. (_d_) _Political and Muscular School_:
Henley. Watson. Kipling. Newbolt. Binyon. (_e_) _The Catholic Poets_:
L. Johnson. F. Thompson. Meynell. L. Housman. Chesterton. (_f_)
_Philosophic and Realistic_: E. Arnold. Meredith. Hardy. Watson.
J. Thomson. Marston. Davidson. A. E. Housman. Gibson. Masefield.
Abercrombie. Drinkwater. Brooke. Thomas. (_g_) _The New Nature Poets_:
Davies. De la Mare. Hodgson. (_h_) _The Celts_: (_i_) L. Morris.
O’Shaughnessy. De Vere. Buchanan. Shairp. (_ii_) Yeats. “A.E.” Jas.
Stephens. Colum. Hyde. (_j_) _The Ladies_: (_i_) Webster. Woods.
Meynell. Field. R. M. Watson. (_ii_) Barlow. O’Neill. Hopper. Tynan.
Shorter. Gore-Booth. (_k_) Adlington, Flint, and the “Imagists.”

_2._ THE DRAMA.--(_a_) _Poetic Drama_: Tennyson. Swinburne.
Phillips. Davidson. (_b_) _Prose Drama_: (_i_) Wilde. (_ii_) _The
Romantics_--Pinero. Jones. Grundy. Chambers. Carton. (_iii_) _The
Realists_--Shaw. Barker. Galsworthy. Hankin. Cannan. Houghton.
Zangwill. (_iv_) _The Middle School_--Barrie. Sutro. Bennett. Milne.
Maugham. Davies. Drinkwater. (_v_) _The Irish Literary Theatre_--Yeats.
“A.E.” Geo. Moore. Synge. Gregory. Ervine. Mayne.

_3._ THE NOVEL.--(_a_) _The Realists and the Novel of Manners_:
Eliot. Trollope. Reade. Meredith. Gissing. Hardy. Crackanthorpe.
Harland. Moore. Wilde. Kipling. Phillpotts. Conrad. Zangwill. Wells.
Bennett. Galsworthy. Walpole. Beresford. Lawrence. Mackenzie. (_b_)
_Philosophical Novel_: Butler. Morris. Shorthouse. Shaw. Davidson.
Watts-Dunton. “Mark Rutherford.” (_c_) _The Scotch Novel_: Macdonald.
McCleod. Black. Munro. “Ian Maclaren.” Crockett. Stevenson. “Geo.
Douglas.” (_d_) _The Romance_: W. Morris. Collins. Stevenson. Besant
and Rice. Blackmore. Hudson. Haggard. Baring-Gould. Doyle. Kipling.
Parker. G. Allen. Merriman. D. C. Murray. Hall Caine. Wells. “A. Hope.”
Locke. (_e_) _The Ladies_: (_i_) Eliot. Mrs. Oliphant. Lady Ritchie.
Mrs. Wood. Mrs. Craik. C. M. Yonge. “J. S. Winter.” M. E. Braddon.
(_ii_) Mrs. H. Ward. “O. Schreiner.” Sarah Grand. “George Egerton.”
B. Harraden. “Lucas Malet.” “Ouida.” “J. O. Hobbes.” “E. Robins.” May
Sinclair. Kaye-Smith. (_f_) _Humorous sketch_: Anstey. Jerome. Jacobs.
Pain. Pett Ridge. Lyons. Milne. Birmingham. Somerville and Ross. (_g_)
_The Short Story_: Hardy. Kipling. Doyle. Bennett. Wells. Zangwill.

_4._ ESSAY AND CRITICISM.--(_a_) _Literary Criticism_: M. Arnold.
J. Brown. L. Stephen. W. E. Henley. J. A. Symonds. A. Lang. E. V.
Lucas. G. K. Chesterton. G. B. Shaw. Garnett. Gosse. “Q.” Archer.
Clutton-Brock. Nevinson. Harrison. (_b_) _Art Criticism_: Ruskin.
Pater. Wilde. Wedmore (_c_) _Literary Essay_: Stevenson. Jefferies.
Pater. Carpenter. Bain. Paget. A. C. Benson. Squire. (_d_) _Literary
Biography_: Forster. Masson. Smiles. Oliphant. L. Stephen. Pattison.
Morley. (_e_) _Letters and diaries_: Swinburne. Stevenson. Brooke.
Cory. “Barbellion.”

_5._ STUDY AND RESEARCH.--(_a_) _Religion and Philosophy_: (_i_) Lewes.
Eliot. H. Martineau. Congreve and the positivists. (_ii_) Spencer.
Darwin, Huxley, and the evolutionists (_iii_) Jowett, T. H. Green,
Caird and the Neo-Hegelians. (_iv_) Newman, Church, Martineau, and the
theologians. (_b_) _The Scientists_: Darwin. Wallace. Huxley. (_c_)
_Travel_: A. B. Edwardes. Stanley. Stevenson. Burnaby. Isabella Bird.
M. Kingsley. (_d_) _The Historians_: (_i_) Buckle. Maine. Bagehot.
Pearson. Seeley. Acton. Lecky. Maitland. and the philosophical school.
(_ii_) Froude. Freeman. Stubbs. J. R. Green. Creighton. Gardiner,
and the Oxford school. (_iii_) Kinglake. Henderson, and the military
historians.

_6._ CHILDREN’S WRITERS.--(_a_) _English_: Stephenson. Ewing. Carroll.
Lear. Parry. Farrow. Nesbit. Lucas. Kipling. Barrie. Henty. Fenn, etc.
(_b_) _American_: Stowe. Hawthorne. Alcott. “Mark Twain.” Harris.
Field. Ryley. Coffin. Stockton. Pyle. Ellis. Burnett.

_7._ AMERICAN LITERATURE.--(_a_) _Poetry_: T. B. Aldrich. J. Miller.
R. W. Gilder. J. W. Ryley. E. C. Stedman. R. H. Stoddard. R. Hovey.
(_b_) _The Drama_: Howells. Daly. Fitch. Howard. The Mackayes. (_c_)
_The Novel_: H. James. W. D. Howells. G. W. Cable. J. L. Allen.
E. P. Roe. F. M. Crawford. L. Wallace. J. London. F. Norris. E.
Wharton. (_d_) _The Essayists_: C. E. Norton. T. W. Higginson. M. W.
Conway. E. C. Stedman. H. James. G. W. Curtis. H. W. Mabie. E. More.
(_e_) _The Humorous Sketch and Story_: “Mark Twain.” “Bret Harte.”
Ambrose Bierce. “Max Adeler.” “Bill Nye.” H. Ade. F. P. Dunne. C. G.
Leland. “O. Henry.” (_f_) _Religion and Philosophy_: Gladden. Brooks.
Fiske. Pierce. Schaff. MacCosh. Royce. W. James. Dewey. Baldwin. G.
Santanyana. (_g_) _Historians_: Lea. Bancroft. Mahan.


TEST PAPER (_1832-1920_)

_1._ Who were the Pre-Raphaelites? What was their literary attitude?

_2._ Outline the history of the drama from Robertson to Barker.

_3._ In what respects do Hardy and Meredith agree and differ as poets
and as novelists?

_4._ Compare Whitman with Swinburne, or Tennyson with Browning.

_5._ Write a brief essay on the cult of the short story from Irving to
O. Henry.

_6._ Show the development of realism either in poetry or prose fiction
from _1870_.

_7._ Name three American and three English humorists. Compare the work
of any two of them.

_8._ Write brief notes on any three of the following: Macaulay, Jas.
Thomson, Sir W. Watson, O. W. Holmes, E. Fitzgerald. W. B. Yeats, J.
Conrad, H. G. Wells.

_9._ What do you know of the following: “Eothen,” “Erewhon,” “The Hound
of Heaven,” “Vailima Letters,” “A Shropshire Lad.”

_10._ Compare Dickens and Thackeray as satirists.




COURSE SIX: LIBRARY AND MUSEUM LEGISLATION, ORGANISATION AND EQUIPMENT.


TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.

American Library Association--Manual of library economy. _Reprints.
Chaps. 1-32, A.L.A.; also Grafton, 1s. 6d. each._

Bostwick (A. E.)--The American Public Library. _3rd edition revised and
enlarged. Appleton, 1923. 12s. 6d._

Brown (J. D.)--Manual of library economy. _Library Supply, 1907
edition; 3rd and memorial edition by W. C. B. Sayers. Grafton, 1919.
30s._

Brown (J. D.) _and others_. Open-access libraries. _Grafton, 1915. 10s.
6d._

Fovargue (H. W.)--Summary of the law relating to public libraries in
England and Wales, Scotland and Ireland. _Grafton, 1922. 2s. 6d._

Roebuck (G. E.) _and_ Thorne (W. B.)--A primer of library practice.
_Grafton, 1914. 5s._

Sanderson (C. R.)--“Library Law.” _Bumpus, 1925. 6s._


_Lesson 1._

LIBRARY AND MUSEUM LEGISLATION.

The first part of this section must be carefully studied and I advise
all students to thoroughly understand Sanderson’s “Library Law.” It
is essential to possess a detailed knowledge of the English, Scottish
and Irish Acts of Parliament relating to Public Libraries and Museums.
The Public Libraries Act, _1919_, the Public Libraries (Scotland)
Act, _1920_, The Public Libraries (Ireland) Act, _1920_, The Public
Libraries (Northern Ireland) Act, _1924_ and the Irish Free State Local
Government Act, _1925_ must be carefully read, and students should keep
to British legislation until able to say exactly what may be done under
the Acts and able to give dates and title of the Acts for particular
powers. Note particularly Irish legislation (Sanderson, _pp. 40-41_).
In conjunction with Sanderson’s work read the reports issued by the
Carnegie United Kingdom Trustees. They include the Annual Reports
from _1914_ to date. Library provision and policy, by W. G. S. Adams,
_1915_. Proceedings of the Carnegie Rural Library Conference, _1920_.
Stirling Conference Report: Extension to Burgh and Parish Library
areas, _1923_. The Public Library System of Great Britain and Ireland
(_1921-1923_), _1924_, and the County Library Conference, _1924_.

Having obtained a thorough grounding from the above authorities the
Reading List may now be commenced. For criticism on the _1919_ Act
consult the _L.A. Vol. 15, 1920-21, pp. 5-7; 118-124; 135-137. L.A.R.
Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 333-338 (Scotland), and L.W. Vol. 22, 1919-1926, pp.
330-333._

For county rural libraries Gray’s County library systems, and Macleod’s
County rural libraries covers all the ground necessary to the student.


READING LIST.

Baker--Public libraries under the new Act (_1919_). _Fortnightly
Review. February, 1921, pp. 321-333._

Boose--Constitution of Colonial public libraries. _L. Vol. 6, 1894, pp.
391-401._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Sects. 1-18. 1919
edition. Sects. 1-18._

Drury--The library and its organization. _Classics of American
Librarianship. Wilson: New York, 1924, pp. 131-155; 263-339. County
Libraries, pp. 343-377._

Encyclopædia Britannica.--Articles: _Libraries. Museums._

Fovargue--Summary of law relating to public libraries in England and
Wales, Scotland and Ireland. _Revised edition, 1922._

Gray--County library systems: their history, organisation and
administration. _The Coptic Series. Grafton, 1922, pp. 11-125._

Johnston--The Education (Scotland) Act, _1918_ and public library
development. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 92-97._

Macleod--County rural libraries: their policy and organisation.
_Grafton, 1923, 10s. 6d., pp. 31-76; 88-109._

Macleod--County library law. _L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 309-321._

Minto--Exemption of libraries from rates and taxes. _L. (N.S.). Vol. 3,
1902, pp. 256-260._

Minto--Public libraries and museums. _L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp. 261-269._

Roebuck and Thorne--Primer of library practice. _Grafton, 1914, pp.
11-28; 149-182._

Sanderson--Library law: a text book for the professional examinations
in library organisation. _Bumpus, 1925. 6s., pp 15-67, 125-147._

Sparke--Nationalisation of public libraries. _In Librarians’ Guide,
1923, pp. 9-13._

Statutes relating to public libraries and museums, _1798-1898_. _L.A.
Year Book, 1899-1907._

Stearns--How to organise State Library Commissions. _L.J. Vol. 24,
1899. Conference Number, Chaps. 16-18, also in Drury’s Library and its
organisation; pp. 287-292._

Superannuation. _L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 339-342._

Superannuation, by S. Lord. _N.A.L.G.O. Offices, 1922, 14 page
pamphlet._

Third Interim Report of the Adult Education Committee ... on Libraries
and Museums.


QUESTIONS:

_1._ Mention current acts of legislation, other than Library Acts,
which have direct bearing on libraries, museums and art galleries.

_2._ Name the places where there is no fixed limit to the rate that may
be levied for library purposes, and show the effect of this absence of
limitation.

_3._ Compare the library legislation of South Africa with that of
Australia.

_4._ What Act authorises the library authority to make bye-laws, and
for what purpose?

_5._ What are the main provisions of the State Library Laws of the
United States?

_6._ Write a brief essay (500 words) on County Rural Library Law.


_Lesson 2._

COMMITTEE, FINANCE, STAFF.

Possessing a good knowledge of the powers conferred by the Acts the
student must now pay special attention to the powers and duties of
Library Committees; committee routine, accounts, and the provisions
for loans and rates. Take particular care that the permissive and
compulsory powers are thoroughly understood. Audit, annual budgets
and financial factors affecting the buildings, books, salaries, etc.,
of the library services should be carefully considered and definite
decisions and figures memorised. The qualifications and duties of
librarians and assistants, and a knowledge of the facilities available
for the training of assistants, both in England and America is also
necessary. The statistics of our large public libraries relating to
finance, etc., as given in the Librarian’s Guide and the Carnegie
United Kingdom Trustee reports should be compared and studied.


READING LIST.

Ballinger--Constitution of public library committees. _L. Vol. 7, 1895,
pp. 1-9._

Bostwick--The American Public Library. _3rd edition, revised and
enlarged, 1923, pp. 201-214._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Sects. 19-103;
483-484. 1919 edition. Sects. 19-98._

Fegan--Some thoughts on professional training. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911,
pp. 237-242._

Hetherington--Library statistics. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 1-16;
280-284._

Guppy--The librarian’s equipment. _L.A. Vol. 6, 1903, pp. 66-71._

Law--Committee work. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 127-129._

Lucas--On the delegation of powers to library committees. _L.A.R.,
1904, pp. 388-393._

McCall.--Library finance. _L.A. Vol. 16, 1922, pp. 24-28; 38-40._

Minto--Education and training for librarianship. _L.A. Vol. 17, 1924,
pp. 236-242._

Neesham--Cash receipts and petty cash. _L.W. Vol. 10, 1907-8, pp.
248-251._

Neesham--Committee work. _L.W. Vol. 10, 1907-8, pp. 351-353._

Pacy--Borrowing and rating powers under the Public Libraries Acts. _L.
Vol. 1, 1899, pp. 132-136._

Piper--Technical training in librarianship in England and abroad.
_L.A.R. Vol. 14, 1912, pp. 332-351._

Prideaux--Professional registration and education. _L.A.R. Vol. 8,
1906, pp. 1-6._

Robinson--Public finance. _Camb. Univ. Press. 5s._

Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice, _pp. 29-45; 139-148._

Ross--Technical training in librarianship in England and abroad.
_L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp, 99-117._

Sanderson--Summary of library law. _pp. 68-117._

Sayers--Past and present professional training. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913,
pp. 585-596._

Sayers--Library finance. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 17-29._

Sparke--Library assistants and the future. _L.A. Vol. 14, 1918, pp.
184-8._

Wright--Some principles of rural library economy. _L.W. Vol. 23,
1920-21, pp. 537-540._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ What records should a librarian keep so as to be able to show the
receipts and expenditure under the chief heads? Give suggested rulings.

_2._ Discuss the advantages to be gained by having co-opted members on
the Libraries Committee.

_3._ What advantages would be likely to follow if all County Councils
carried out the duties of library authorities?

_4._ Write an imaginary agenda for a public library committee meeting.

_5._ Compare the British system of training for librarianship with that
of the United States.

_6._ A public library service has an income of £20,000. Tabulate the
percentage you would devote under the various heads.


_Lesson 3._

BUILDINGS AND FITTINGS.

This lesson is intended to enable the student to obtain a thorough
grasp of the theory and principles of library architecture. The
class of library required, its scope and size, the amount of money
available, the environment, experience of the librarian and the method
of administration intended are all factors that require careful
consideration when planning a new library building. Great care must
also be taken in selecting or accepting a site. Full factors in
the planning of the various departments, together with the correct
type of fittings and furniture, should be known to all students.
I advise students to visit as many libraries as possible that are
organised and administered on the most modern method of library
science and to compare them. The factors on population in relation to
buildings, spacing and cubical contents required for planning, and the
miscellaneous percentages pertaining to the organisation of a library
service found on pages _165-8_ should be practised and memorised. _The
Builder_ should be looked through for specifications and competitions
and these should be compared with those suggested by Champneys,
Soule, Marks and others. The influence of the “open access” method
of administration on planning, fittings and furniture must never be
overlooked.


READING LIST.

Adams--Public libraries: their buildings and equipment. _L.A.R. Vol. 7,
1905, pp. 161-177 and 220-236._

Bostwick--The American Public Library. _3rd edition revised and
enlarged, 1923, pp. 282-311._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Sect. 104-169; pp.
481-2; 485-8. 1919 edition. Sect. 107-173._

Brown _and others_--Open-access libraries. _Grafton, 1915, pp. 11-104._

Burgoyne--Library construction, architecture and fittings, and
furniture. _The Library Series. Allen, 1906. O.P. Passim._

Burgoyne--Some points in library planning. _Greenwood’s L.Y.B.,
1900-01, pp. 12-20._

Champneys--Public libraries: a treatise on their design, construction
and fittings. _Batsford, 1907, 12s. 6d., pp. 1-60; 61-151._

Coulson--Situation of branch libraries. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp.
201-4._

Greenhough--Ventilation, heating and lighting. _L. Vol. 2, 1890, pp.
421-433._

Hadley--Library buildings. Notes and plans. _Amer. Lib. Assoc.,
Chicago. Grafton, 17s. 6d._

Hare--Some suggestions on the planning of public libraries. _L.A.R.
Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 148-154._

Hart--Heating, lighting and ventilation. _Greenwoods Y.B., 1897, p. 38._

Lowe--The public library building plan. _1924._

MacLeod--County rural libraries, _pp. 120-130_.

Marks--The principles of planning. _Chap. Library planning._

Philip--Lighting, heating and ventilation of libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 9,
1907, pp. 225-230._

Sayers--The children’s library. _The English Library, pp. 78-116 and
Appendix 1._

Soule--How to plan a library building for library work. _Boston, 1912._

Stansbury--Library buildings from a librarian’s standpoint. _P.L.
November, 1906, p. 495._

Tilton--Scientific library planning. _L.J. September, 1912, p. 497._

Walter--Interior decoration of libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908, pp.
649-659._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Plan a combined children’s open-access lending library and reading
room to accommodate _120_ children at a time, with _2_ assistants on
duty.

_2._ Tabulate the features or essentials you would look for in
selecting a site for a public library.

_3._ Give a specification of the principal items of furniture required
for a library estimated to cost £20,000.

_4._ Describe three different varieties of adjustable shelving; state
which you would like the best and why.

_5._ Name the principal conditions which should govern an architectural
competition for a Central library building to cost £50,000.

_6._ Write a brief essay on the organisation and equipment of a
combined reference library and reading room for business men.


_Lesson 4._

BOOK-BUYING AND ACCESSION METHODS.

A knowledge of book purchase and accession methods is necessary in
organising and administering a library service. The sources of supply,
and the names of the different classes of publishers and booksellers
should be known to all students. The steps to be taken in purchasing,
say, 10,000 volumes, and what classes of books to buy second-hand
should be carefully considered. Get acquainted with the methods of
treating donations, and the principles governing the replacement of
withdrawals should be known. Constant revision of stock is necessary in
all libraries and advantage should be taken of the special opportunity
which is presented whenever a new catalogue is contemplated. Note the
difference between “reprints” and “new editions.” The recognised rules
and principles on what to withdraw or discard should be carefully read.


READING LIST.

Aldred--Book selection and rejection. _L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp.
143-156._

Baker--Book selection. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 17-29._

Baker--Gift horses. _L.A.R. Vol 11, 1909, pp. 422-423._

Bostwick--American Public Library. _3rd edition, pp. 148-161._

Brown--Book selection. _L.W. Vol. 26, 1923-24, pp. 98-104._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition. Sects. 215-235;
489-495. 1919 edition, Sects. 207-229._

Clarke--Scientific text-books, and the disposal of editions
out-of-date. _L. Vol. 6, 1894, pp. 164-169._

Doubleday--Weeding out. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 327-335._

Duncan--Standardization in accession methods. _L.W. Vol. 9, 1906-07,
pp. 83-87._

Formby--Donations. _L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 197-202._

Hooper--Order and accession department. _Preprint of A.L.A. Manual of
Lib. Economy. Chap. 17, Passim._

Lord--Notes on book-buying for libraries. _L.J. 1907, pp. 3, 56._

Neesham--Accession methods. _L.W. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 317-320._

Palmer--Relationships of publishers, booksellers and librarians. _L.J.,
1901. Conference Number, p. 31._

Pitt--Practical accession work. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 68-71._

Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 40-50._

Willcock--Recording, replacing and disposal of worn-out books. _L.W.
Vol. 4. 1901-02, pp. 91-93._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Name twenty-five “quick-reference” books.

_2._ Describe how you would keep up-to-date with new editions in the
scientific and technical sections.

_3._ Is a stock register best kept on cards or in book form? Give your
views on this matter.

_4._ What books are periodically discarded in a lending department?
What steps would you take in purchasing at one time books to the value
of £2,000?


_Lesson 5._

RULES AND REGULATIONS.

The popularity of a public library used to be conditioned by its rules
and regulations, but during recent years utility has taken the place
of hard and fast rules. The student should read the rules of early
libraries, understand their principles and compare them with present
day rules. The legal aspect of all sides of the library service
must also be known and what powers are available for enforcement of
penalties, etc. The number of hours the different departments are open
to the public, holiday opening, duration of vacation for the staffs,
age limits to Juvenile and Senior departments, periods of loans, etc.,
should be known to all assistants who wish to become qualified and
efficient in their work.


READING LIST.

Barnett--Sunday labour in public libraries. _Greenwood’s Year Book,
1897, pp. 102-106._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1907 edition, Sects. 353-382;
506-509. 1919 edition, Sects. 348-375._

Brown--The small library. _The English Library, pp. 139-148._

Brown and others--Open-access libraries, _pp. 179-198_.

Clark--Care of books. _2nd edition. Camb. Univ. Press, 1902. 24s.
Useful for early rules._

Dana--Library primer. _pp. 122-139._

Edwards--Memoirs of libraries. _2 vols. Early rules._

Fry--Fines and other penalties. _L.W. Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 1-8._

Farrow--Rules and regulations for lending libraries. _L.W. Vol. 13,
1910-11, pp. 36-41._

Greenwood--Sunday opening of public libraries. _In his Year Book, 1894,
pp. 458-470._

Johnston--The replacement of “infected” books. _L.W. Vol. 4, 1901-02,
pp. 6-9._

Local Government Board--Draft rules. _L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp. 28-30._

Mathews--Public library bye-laws and regulations. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904,
pp. 279-289._

Sanderson--Library law, _pp. 117-122._

Sayers--The children’s library, _pp. 78-100._

Shaw _and others_--Sunday opening of libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905,
pp. 580-584. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 79-88._

Willcock--Notification of infectious disease and the public library.
_L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900, pp. 89-91._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ What rule or rules would you include in your bye-laws, if you wish
to obtain exemption from the payment of rates?

_2._ Make a comparison of the early rules in libraries with those of
to-day.

_3._ State what steps you would take to obtain the return of a book
long overdue, and what power you have for the enforcement of payment of
the fines?

_4._ Discuss the pros and cons of Sunday opening of reading rooms.

_5._ If you saw a person cutting an advertisement from a newspaper in
the reading room, what action would you take?

_6._ Give the dimensions of tables, chairs and newspaper stands or wall
stands for a general reading room.


TEST EXAMINATION.

_1._ Give a brief account of the Public Libraries Act of _1919_. What
amendments or additions would you suggest in order to improve the
Municipal Library System of England?

_2._ Outline the legislation of the United States and state how it
differs from English legislation.

_3._ Assume that a library is free from debt and that the income from
the rates and other sources amounts to £20,000, state under the usual
main headings how you would allocate the expenditure.

_4._ A library authority wishes to raise a loan of £50,000 for the
building of a library. State the Act or Acts it must work under, the
period for the repayment of the loan, and the general procedure in
connection with obtaining loans.

_5._ Draw a plan of a library, on one floor, to serve a population of
100,000 showing what departments you consider essential, and giving the
area you would allocate to each.

_6._ State what size you would have the book-cases; what gangway space
between each stack, and your method of dealing with oversize books in a
large open access library.

_7._ Name the ten best guides to book selection.

_8._ State how you would proceed to select the nucleus stock for a
library.

_9._ Draft a set of rules for a lending library.

_10._ Draft twelve rules for the juvenile lending library.

_11._ If a person wished to become a borrower, but worked and lived
outside the library district, under what conditions could you accept
his application?


FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO LIBRARY AND MUSEUM LEGISLATION,
ORGANISATION AND EQUIPMENT.


PRINCIPAL ACTS OF PARLIAMENT AFFECTING PUBLIC LIBRARIES.

  _1843_--Scientific Societies Exemption Act.
  _1855_--Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.
  _1861_--Malicious Injuries to Property Consolidation and Amendment
  (England and Ireland) Act.
  _1875_--Public Health Act.
  _1877_--Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.
  _1885_--Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.
  _1887_--Public Libraries Consolidation (Scotland) Act.
  _1887_--Public Libraries Amendment and Consolidation (Scotland) Act.
  _1891_--Museums and Gymnasiums Act.
  _1892_--Public Libraries Consolidation and Amendment Act.
  _1893_--Public Libraries Amendment Act.
  _1894_--Public Libraries Amendment and Consolidation (Scotland) Act.
  _1894_--Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.
  _1894_--Local Government Act (England and Wales).
  _1898_--Libraries Offences Act.
  _1899_--Public Libraries Amendment (Scotland) Act.
  _1899_--Local Government Act (Metropolitan Boroughs).
  _1901_--Public Libraries Museums and Gymnasiums Amendment Act.
  _1902_--Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.
  _1911_--Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.
  _1918_--Education Act.
  _1919_--Public Libraries Act.
  _1920_--Public Libraries (Scotland) Act.
  _1920_--Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.
  _1920_--Blind Persons Act.
  _1924_--Public Libraries Act (Northern Ireland).
  _1925_--Irish Free State Local Government Act.


FIRST TOWNS IN GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND TO ADOPT THE PUBLIC LIBRARIES
ACT.

  _1848_--Warrington.
  _1849_--Salford.
  _1850_--Brighton, Norwich.
  _1851_--Winchester.
  _1852_--Bolton, Liverpool, Manchester, Oxford.
  _1853_--Airdrie, Cambridge, Ipswich, Sheffield.
  _1855_--Hertford, Maidstone.
  _1856_--Birkenhead, Dundalk, Westminster.
  _1857_--Leamington, Walsall.
  _1858_--Canterbury.


COMMITTEES.

Most of the Committees are composed partly of the members of the local
Council and partly of co-opted members who are not on the Council,
the Council generally being represented by _66%_, with the exception
of Scotland, where Committees are, by law, half and half. The average
constitution of a committee is _16_ but some range from _6_ to _40_.


LOANS.

The Ministry of Health determine the period for which sums of money for
particular purposes may be borrowed. The periods usually are:--

  For sites or lands _65_ or _50_ years.
  For buildings (with fixtures), _30_ years.
  For books, _10_ years.
  For furniture (movable only), _10_ years.


ESTIMATE OF ANNUAL EXPENDITURE FOR BRITISH MUNICIPAL LIBRARIES, WITH
AND WITHOUT LOANS.

                                  With           Without
                                  Loans.         Loans.
  Salaries and Wages               _40_            _45_
  Books                            _14_            _18_
      New                     _10_           _12_
      Old                      _2_            _3_
      Replacements             _2_            _3_
  Periodicals and Newspapers        _6_             _6_
  Binding                           _4_             _5_
  Buildings                        _12_            _14_
      Heating                  _4_            _4_
      Lighting                 _4_            _4_
      Fittings and Repairs     _2_            _3_
      Cleaning                 _1_            _2_
      Insurance                _1_            _1_
  Establishment                     _6_            _9_
      Stationery and Printing  _2_            _5_
      Postages                 _1_            _1_
      Rates                    _3_            _3_
  National Insurance                _1_             _1_
  Loans                            _15_             --
  Miscellaneous                     _2_             _2_
                                  ----            ----
                                  _100_           _100_
                                  ----            ----


STAFF.

The number of librarians and assistants employed in British Municipal
Libraries is considerably over _4,000_. The percentage of males is
_55%_. Our largest staffs are in Liverpool and Glasgow libraries (over
_200_ each) followed by Manchester and Birmingham with over _150_ and
_100_ respectively. Bradford, Bristol, Cardiff, Leeds, have each over
_50_ staff, and Bolton, Brighton, Edinburgh, Newcastle-on-Tyne and
Sheffield have staffs ranging from _30_ to _50_.


STAFF HOURS.

The average number of hours worked by the staffs in our larger
libraries is _42_ weekly.


MISCELLANEOUS PERCENTAGES PERTAINING TO THE ORGANIZATION OF A LIBRARY
SERVICE.

When a town has adopted the Public Libraries Acts it is possible, by
taking the population as a basis, to form an idea of the requirements
necessary to meet the demands that will probably be made upon the
service.

A careful survey of the statistics of over _500_ British Municipal
Libraries results in the following figures. The total percentage of
inhabitants who will make use of the Lending Department is _8_%; the
Reference Department, ¼%; and the Reading Room, _1_¼%.

As an example of the working of these percentages for a town of 100,000
inhabitants the following results are obtained:--

The Lending Department must cater for _8_% (_8,000_) of the population.
We can assume that each borrower will read _28_ books per annum. Thus
we would have an annual issue of _224,000_. If we assume that the
Department is open _307_ days in the year we would have a daily average
of _730_. The Library would be open _11_ to _12_ hours daily giving
us an hourly average of from _60_ to _66_. Experience has proved that
more borrowers are present at one time in the evenings and if we allow
_40_% extra to the hourly average attendance we get the number present
of from _84_ to _92_. By allowing _25_ square feet for each reader,
the total floor space required would be from _2,100_ to _2,300_ square
feet; or, an area _55_ feet by _40_ feet would admirably meet these
requirements.


REFERENCE LIBRARY.

¼% (_250_) of the population will use the Reference Department daily.
Using the above factors we would have an hourly average attendance of
_20_, and allowing for crowded periods and _25_ square feet for each
reader we would require an area of _700_ square feet; or, a room _28_
feet by _25_ feet.


READING ROOM.

_1_¼% (_1,250_) of the population will make use of the Reading Room
daily. Using the given factors we would have to provide accommodation
for _144_ readers present at one time. Allow _18_ square feet for each
reader, and we require an area of _2,592_ square feet; or a room about
_60_ feet by _44_ feet.


JUVENILE DEPARTMENT.

About _500_ square feet will be ample accommodation for this Department
in a town of this size.


LECTURE ROOMS.

Attendances vary so much here that it is impossible to secure reliable
figures. For a popular lecture room in a town of _100,000_ inhabitants
upwards of _400_ would have to be accommodated, and allowing _7_ square
feet for each person including platform, gangway, etc., we would
require an area of _2,800_ square feet; or, a room _40_ feet by _70_
feet.


FURNITURE AND FITTINGS.

The greater part of the fittings and furniture of public libraries are
made of wood. Oak is the kind most used, but walnut and mahogany are
very satisfactory for book-cases, tables and card cabinets.


BOOK CASES.

The chief requirements of book-shelving are accessibility and
adjustability. The best material for book-stacks is undoubtedly fumed
oak. An oak book-stack _10_ feet _10_ inches in length, _1_ foot _4_
inches in breadth and _6_ feet _10_ inches in height containing shelves
_3_ feet _6_ inches in length, _7_ inches in width and _1_ inch in
depth is an ideal stack for an open-access Lending Library. This stack
fitted with Tonks’ fittings, the metal studs being about ¾ inch apart,
contains _7_ shelves to the tier. For Lending Library purposes we can
estimate that nine books will take one foot of shelf space, and each
of the shelves will carry thirty books, therefore _7_ shelves or one
tier will accommodate _210_ books, _3_ tiers, or one bay will take
_630_ books and the complete stack will hold _1,260_ volumes. If we
take _1,250_ as an average for each stack we can work out any problem
arising if we know the number of books. For Reference Libraries _8_
books to the foot is the usual run. The shelves are _9_ inches apart
and the top shelf _6_ feet from the floor and the bottom shelf _1_ foot
from the floor.

Iron and steel book-stacks, standard size, for “closed” libraries
or for books accessible only to the staff are generally _7_ feet
_6_ inches by _3_ feet _2_ inches, by _15_ inches, which may be
joined (generally in bays of three) together. Standard reference
book-stacks are _7_ feet _6_ inches, by _3_ feet _2_ inches, by _18_
inches. Special cases must be provided for large books. For detailed
particulars of shelving _see_ Brown’s “Manual of library economy,”
_1907_ edition, Sections _139-150_, and _1919_ edition, Sections
_143-158_; Champney’s “Public Libraries,” _pp. 30-39_; Brown _and
others_--“Open-access Libraries.”


READING TABLES.

Reading-room Tables should be made of oak, and for adults they should
be _2_ feet _6_ inches high, and the breadth, where both sides are
used by readers should not be less than _3_ feet. Each reader should
be allowed _2_ feet _6_ inches. Tables should never be longer than _7_
feet _6_ inches. Where there is sufficient space tables _5_ feet long
and _3_ feet in breadth are the best. If a sloping top is required a
_fillet_ should be placed at the bottom to prevent papers slipping off.
No more than _4_ to _6_ readers should be accommodated at each table.


NEWSPAPER READING SLOPES.

A projecting brass rail, upon which readers may rest their arms, should
always be fixed at the bottom of the slope. About _4_ feet run should
be allowed for each paper when possible, but _3_ feet _6_ inches will
do if space is limited. The usual height of wall slopes is _3_ feet,
from the floor to the bottom of the slope, and _5_ feet from the floor
to the title plate, which should take the form of movable boards fitted
into brass brackets and placed at the top of the slope in the centre
of the newspaper. The bottom of the slope should be _1_ foot _3_
inches from the wall. There are several kinds of brass screw clips for
fastening the newspapers to the stands, but revolving holders should be
used for illustrated papers.


READING ROOM CHAIRS.

Arm-chairs are to be preferred to any others. The height of the seat
should be _1_ foot _4_ inches except for juvenile readers (when the
height will range from _12_ inches for children _5-9_ years of age,
with an additional inch for every four years up to _21_ years of age).


“OPEN-ACCESS” ENCLOSURE.

The lending library counter in an open-access library should be _3_
feet high and _2_ feet wide and the minimum area for the enclosure
should be _8_ feet by _8_ feet for the smaller libraries and a minimum
of _10_ feet by _10_ feet for libraries registering a daily issue of
over _1,000_ volumes. For detailed kinds of barriers, latches, etc.,
see Brown’s “Manual of library economy,” _1907_ edition, Sections
_128-129_; _1919_ edition, Sections _131-136_; and Brown _and others_
“Open-access libraries.”


MISCELLANEOUS.

Gangways between double reading tables, with movable chairs should be
at least _6_ feet. Gangways down the sides of centre of a room should
be _7_ feet. Space between each book, stack in a closed library should
be a minimum of _4_ feet and in an open-access library a minimum of _6_
feet.

In planning buildings _18_ to _24_ inches should be allowed for
external walls, and _6_ to _9_ inches for internal walls.




COURSE 7: LIBRARY ADMINISTRATION.


TEXT BOOKS REQUIRED.

American Library Association--Manual of library economy. _Preprints
Nos. 1-32. A.L.A. Also Grafton. 1s. 6d. each._

Baker (E. A.)--The public library. _O’Connor, 1922. 12s. 6d._

Bostwick (A. E.)--The American public library. _3rd edition. Appleton,
1923. 12s. 6d._

Brown (J. D.)--Manual of library economy. _3rd edition, revised by W.
C. B. Sayers. Grafton, 1919, 30s._

Brown (J. D.) and others--Open access libraries. _Grafton 1915. 10s.
6d._

Dana (J. C.)--Library primer. _1910. Library Bureau. 6s._

Library Economics. _Grafton, 1909. 2s. 6d._

Rae (W. S. C.)--Public library administration. _Routledge, 1913. Also
Grafton. 3s. 6d._

Roebuck (G. E.) _and_ Thorne (W. B.)--A primer of library practice.
_Grafton, 1914. 5s._


_Lesson 1._

GENERAL POLICY, ADMINISTRATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF CHIEF DEPARTMENTS.

In conjunction with the study of matters appertaining to the
administration of libraries, the student will find that a policy of
visiting as many libraries as possible will prove to be of material
assistance in demonstrating the comparative value of the various
details of arrangement, equipment, service, etc.

Note carefully the points taken into consideration in planning the
interior arrangement of the various departments, paying special
attention to the essential requirements with regard to accommodation.
(Read carefully the factors on pages _165-168_).

Several matters are to be taken into consideration in deciding the best
means of providing library facilities, and the functions and methods
of administering branch libraries, delivery stations, and travelling
libraries require studious attention.

The provision of newsrooms is sometimes criticised as unnecessary. Go
fully into the question, considering their purpose, cost, value, etc.
Their planning and arrangement, as also of magazine rooms, govern in a
large measure their success, and should be studied.

The passing of the “1919 Act” has resulted in the rapid establishment
of County Libraries, and introduced new problems in library policy.
These will become more acute and consequently require increasing
attention during coming years as the County Library systems develop.
The loss of efficiency due to lack of co-operation will become
more accentuated until means for the latter are provided. Various
suggestions have already been made and these should receive careful
consideration when making the necessary survey of the whole question.

Many libraries have adopted a policy of centralising certain branches
of administrative work, such as cataloguing, classification, etc. Give
full attention to this and consider in what circumstances and to what
extent this practice can be advantageously adopted.


READING LIST.


GENERAL.

Aldred--Matters connected with the organisation of libraries. _L.A.R.
Vol. 18, 1916, pp. 1-20._

Bond--Some features of recent library practice in Great Britain.
_L.A.R. Vol. 17, 1915, pp. 227-243._

Bostwick--Administration. _Chap. 12. A.L.A. Manual of library economy._

Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chap. 21, pp. 282-311._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chaps. 8-12, pp.
106-166._

Brown and others--Open access libraries. _Chaps. 2-4, pp. 16-104._

Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 3-40_.

Roebuck and Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 29-66_.

Sandbach--Inter-library lending. _L.A.R. New Series. Vol. 3, 1925, pp.
230-241._

Sharp--Adult education and the public library. _L.A. Vol. 18, 1925, pp.
124-127; 159-164._


BRANCH LIBRARIES, DELIVERY STATIONS, TRAVELLING LIBRARIES.

Barrett--Branch libraries ... relations with central library. _L.A.R.
Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 78-84._

Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chaps. 8 and 18, pp. 114-121;
243-260._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap, 26, pp. 366-374._

Eastman--Branch libraries. _Chap. 15. A.L.A. Manual of library economy._

Library economics, _pp. 89-91_.

Rae--Public library administration, _pp. 41-48_.

Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice, _pp. 83-85_.

Savage--Delivery stations and town travelling libraries. _L.A.R. Vol.
6, 1904, pp. 119-127._


RURAL LIBRARIES.

Baker--The Public Library, _pp. 134-168_.

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 35, pp. 477-485._

Gray--County library systems. _Grafton, 1922. 7s. 6d._

Hetherington--Rural libraries. _L.A.R. Vol 18, 1916, pp. 195-211._

Macleod--County rural libraries. _Grafton, 1923. 10s. 6d._

Savage--Possible means of co-operation between burgh and rural
libraries. _L.A. Vol 16, 1923, pp. 375-385._

Wright--Some principles of rural library economy. _L.W. Vol. 23,
1920-21, pp. 537-540._


NEWSROOMS. MAGAZINE ROOMS.

Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 55-63._

Bolton--The newsroom as a department of the public library. _L.A.R.
Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 335-343._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 31, pp. 424-438._

Ellison--Newspapers and periodicals: methods of display, etc. _L.W.
Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 129-137._

Evans--Reading room methods. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10. pp. 373-378._

Jones--The newsroom. _L.A.R. Vol. 14, 1912, pp. 182-190._

Library economics. _pp. 7, 38, 97-101, 103._

Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 19-33._

Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 73-82._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ State what you know of the rural library movement in England. Can
you give the administrative arrangements of any particular system?

_2._ What consideration would govern your choice between delivery
stations and branch libraries?

_3._ Describe the principal methods of arranging newspapers and
periodicals in a reading room. Give titles of 10 daily, 10 weekly, and
10 monthly newspapers and periodicals which would be your first choice.

_4._ In a library system with a central department and four branches
would you place any administrative work under central control? Give
full reasons for your decision.

5. What do you consider to be the chief services a newsroom renders to
the public? State what you consider to be the main objections to the
establishment of newsrooms.


_Lesson 2._

SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS.

The several departments of which an up-to-date library is composed
each have their own peculiar problems, all of which are incapable of
satisfactory solution without special consideration.

Library work with children is growing in extent and importance, and
librarians of the immediate future may find this branch of their
many-sided activities requiring their first attention. Note the
special provision of lectures, story-hours, exhibitions, etc., and the
special points to be borne in mind during the planning, equipment and
arrangement of children’s rooms.

The section dealing with children’s libraries in the appended reading
list will require more time than many students are able to spare.
In such cases Sayers’s “Children’s Library” should be read first,
supplemented by the shorter articles.

Consider also the best methods of co-operation between libraries and
schools.

The adolescent question is one of the constantly recurring problems
which have exercised the minds of librarians for a number of years.
With regard to the fact that the adolescent reader requires special
attention, opinions may be said to be just as unanimous as they are
divided in deciding the form in which that special attention is to be
given, hence the necessity for fully considering the suggestions which
have been made towards a solution.

A special effort should be made to make the local collection as
complete as possible. Ascertain the best methods of storing and making
its contents available, and note what should be included in it.

Increased activity is being shown in meeting business and commercial
requirements. These vary according to locality, but every effort
should be made to ascertain what has been accomplished in the large
centres--Bolton, Bristol, Glasgow, Liverpool, Manchester, etc., where
a special feature has been made of this work. Obtain if possible, the
handbooks issued by these towns describing their commercial libraries.

In connection with the provision of music in libraries some
rather novel suggestions have been put forward, _e.g._, the use
of gramophones, wireless, etc. These proposals should receive
consideration, and the replies and views expressed while they have been
under discussion should be noted.

Study the pros and cons of the policy of providing separate Ladies’
Room and Students’ Rooms, and their respective requirements in
equipment, arrangement, supervision, etc.

Attention must be given to the necessary procedure in obtaining
literature for blind readers, noting specially the sources of supply.


READING LIST.


LENDING DEPARTMENTS (GENERAL).

Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 33-43._

Parker--Procedure in changing from a closed to an open-access library.
_L.A. Vol. 9, 1912, pp. 63-70._

Rae--Public library administration. _pp 13-18._

Thorne--Problem of the adolescent. _L.A. Vol. 16, 1923, pp. 206-210._


CHILDREN’S LIBRARIES (_see also pp. 41-44._)

Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 63-74._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition, Chap. 32, pp. 439-456._

Brown _and others_--Open-access libraries. _Chap. 9, pp. 199-208_.

Dallimore--Object lessons to school children in the use of libraries.
_L.A.R. Vol. 11, 1909, pp. 49-68._

Downey--Teaching the use of the library. _L.J. Vol. 40, 1915, pp.
637-641._

Ellison--Library work with children. _L. & B. W. Vol. 6, 1915, pp.
91-95; 114-117._

Gilbert--Talks and readings to children. _L.W. Vol. 21, 1918-19, pp.
120-124._

Hazeltine--Library work with children. _Wilson, New York, 1917. Also
Grafton. 7s. 6d._

Jast--Library work with children. _L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 90-102._

Olcott--Library work with children. _A.L.A. Manual. Chap. 29._

Powell--The children’s library. _Wilson, New York, 1917. Also Grafton.
10s. 6d._

Price--The story-hour in libraries. _P.L. Vol. 12, 1907. pp. 347-9._

Rees---Libraries for children. _Grafton, 1924. 12s. 6d._

Sayers--The children’s library. _English Library. Routledge, 1911. Also
Grafton. 3s. 0d. O.P._

Sayers--Some notes on story-telling in libraries. _L.W. Vol. 20,
1917-18, pp. 288-90; 314-316._


SCHOOL LIBRARIES.

Alexander--School libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 12-19._

Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 122-134._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 33, pp. 457-466._

Frayer--Co-operation between public libraries and elementary schools.
_L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 61-70._

Green--School libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 227-241._

McColvin--The relation between the library and the school. _L.W. Vol.
22, 1919-20, pp. 360-362._

Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 49-53._

Ward--The high-school library. _A.L.A. Manual. Chap. 7._

Wood--Administration of high-school libraries as branches of public
libraries. _L.J. Vol. 39, 1914, pp. 659-662_.


LOCAL COLLECTIONS. SPECIAL COLLECTIONS. (_See also pp. 47-50_).

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chaps. 28-9, pp.
399-417._

Collier--Local records in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol 13, 1911, pp.
268-275._

Johnston--Special libraries. _Chap. 8. A.L.A. Manual of library
economy._

Library Economics. _pp. 19-24._

Pollitt--The duty of the public librarian in relation to local
literature and bibliography. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914, pp. 119-126._

Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 54-56._

Ridley--Special libraries and information bureaux. _L.A.R. (New
Series). Vol. 3, 1925, pp. 242-255._

Sayers--Local collection problems. _L.W. Vols. 18-19, 1915-17._


COMMERCIAL AND TECHNICAL LIBRARIES (_see also pp. 46-47._)

Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 74-91._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 30, pp. 418-423._

Jast--The commercial library. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 118-124._

Jast--Organisation of British trade: the commercial library.
_Manchester: Sherratt & Hughes. 2d._

Pitt--Memoranda on commercial libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp.
175-178._

Reynolds--The technical library in its relation to the educational and
industrial development. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 250-261._

Savage--Technical libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 264-270._

The technical library. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 121-157._


MUSIC DEPARTMENT.

Bostwick---The American Public Library. _Chap. 24, pp. 336-338._

Bostwick--Popularising music through the library. _In his Library
Essays._ _Wilson: New York, 1920, pp. 325-340._

McColvin--Music in public libraries. _Grafton, 1924. 7s. 6d._

Riddle--Music in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914, pp. 1-10._

Smith--Music and gramophones in public libraries. _L.A. Vol. 18, 1925,
pp. 60-65._


LADIES’ ROOMS. STUDENTS’ ROOMS.

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition._ Section _479, pp.
437-438_.

Library Economics. _pp. 27-28._

Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 34-40._

Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 82-83._

Willcock--Ladies’ reading rooms. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 80-84._


BOOKS FOR THE BLIND.

Austin--National Library for the Blind. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp.
304-312._

Austin--Present ... possibilities of the public library service to the
blind. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 450-460._

Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 91-95._

Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chap. 33, pp. 324-335._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Section 197, pp. 181._

Chamberlain--Library work with the blind. _Chap. 30, A.L.A. Manual of
Library Economy._

Neisser--Report of the A.L.A. Committee on library work with the blind.
_A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 2, 1908, pp. 216-221._

Smith--Books for the blind. _L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 257-259._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Draw a rough plan of a children’s lending library and reading
room, 30 feet by 25 feet, showing arrangement of bookcases, tables, and
other necessary furniture.

_2._ Outline what you consider to be the ideal arrangement for dealing
with adolescent readers.

_3._ What are the respective purposes of a commercial and a technical
library? Indicate briefly the nature of the essential stock.

_4._ What subjects would you choose in giving eight short talks to
children? Give the main points you would include in a talk on “How to
use the library.”

_5._ What do you consider to be the best method of working school
libraries? Give the main points you would include in instructions to
school librarians.

_6._ State exactly what you would include in a local collection, and
your procedure in the formation of one.


_Lesson 3._


AIDS TO READERS.

If there is any dividing line in the duties of a librarian, it surely
falls just when a suitable building has been erected and an adequate
stock, carefully classified and catalogued, has been provided. From
this point there is a good deal of what, perhaps, may be termed
propaganda work to be undertaken. The ideal library should be the
centre of all literary activity within the locality, but before this
stage is reached advantage must be taken of every possible opportunity
to reach and enrol those lukewarm citizens who are to be found in every
locality.

After the necessary attention has been paid to the ground covered in
this lesson, the student will find enjoyable, and certainly beneficial,
the task of compiling a list of all methods of popularising and
increasing the use of a library. If succeeding in contributing some new
and practicable suggestion, something solid will have been contributed
to library science.

A thoroughly efficient Reference Department cannot fail to render
first-class service to any community, but it must be remembered that
the very nature of reference work renders compulsory a high state of
efficiency. A comparison of the duties of reference and lending staffs
will assist one to visualise the special requirements of the department
more clearly. In surveying the various reference duties, consider the
advisability of allowing certain books to be taken out on loan, the
extent to which you would allow access to the stock, the disposition
of the various classes, and make a special note of the books which
are essential for the quick-reference section (_see page 72_). Note
also the means (indexing, etc.) necessary to render all information
immediately accessible.

Useful work is done in many places by Information Bureaux. Note the
information these are expected to supply, the preparation necessary to
equip them for the purpose they serve, and their possible development.

The success of a series of lectures depends chiefly on their proper
organization. See what arrangements are essential to their success,
and the best methods of ensuring that the interest created results in
increased use being made of the library. University Extension and other
movements, by wise co-operation, can serve the library in this respect.

Study the various points in connection with the formation of Reading
Circles, and the efforts required in order to guarantee their retention
as a live factor contributing to the success of the library.

The Central Library for Students renders assistance to libraries. Study
the nature of this, the conditions and the potentiality of the Library
as the centre of a more ambitious scheme of a national reservoir
library for the distribution of certain classes of books.

Consider the utility of the Bulletin, the information it should
contain, the policy of including advertisements to defray cost, and the
various points in connection with its production. Several libraries
issue bulletins (_see page 111_). If possible, obtain copies of these.

Up to the present the usual publicity methods have not been called to
the service of the library to the same extent in England as in America.
View the question from all aspects, note what is at present being done
by various libraries, and consider the numerous suggestions which have
been made for the expansion of this form of activity.

Note the importance of good shelf and stack guiding as aids to readers.
(_See pages 84-5 and read the articles given under the names of Coutts,
Savage and Stewart._)


READING LIST.


GENERAL.

Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _2nd
edition, revised. Faxon & Co.: Boston, 1919. Also Grafton. 22s. 6d._

Fearnside--Co-operation between a town library and local societies and
bodies. _L.A.R. Vol. 20, 1918, pp. 140-149._

Jones--Some aids to readers. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 225-233._

Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 87-90._

Spofford--Book for all readers. _3rd edition. Putnam, 1905. O.P. Chap.
10, pp. 190-214._

Stewart--How to use a library. _Elliot Stock, 1910._


REFERENCE WORK.

A.L.A.--Manual of library economy. _Chap. 22._

Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 44-55._

Ballinger--The reference library. _L. Vol. 9, 1908, pp. 353-369._

Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chap. 5, pp. 63-80._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 27, pp. 375-398._

Library Economics. _pp. 12-15; 52-55._

Pitt--Possible co-operation in reference library work. _L.A.R. Vol. 15,
1913, pp. 408-412._

Powell--The reference library. _L.A.R. (N.S.). Vol. 2, 1924, pp. 77-86._

Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 4-12._

Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice, _pp. 64-66_.


INFORMATION BUREAUX.

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Section 421, pp.
396-7._

Information Bureaux and special libraries. Report of Proceedings of the
First Conference, _1924_. _Library Association, 1925. 3s. 6d._

Krauss--Information bureaux in public libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910,
pp. 14-22._

Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 57-62._

Ridley--Special libraries and information bureaux. _L.A.R. (N.S.) Vol.
3, 1925, pp. 242-255._

Smither--Information bureaux in public libraries. _L.W. Vol. 13,
1910-1911, pp. 99-106._


LECTURES.

Baker--The Public Library. _pp. 100-114._

Ballinger--Lectures and extensions. _L. Vol. 10, 1909, pp. 188-200._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 526-536, pp.
467-475._

Curran--The public lecture in relation to public library work. _L.A.R.
Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 313-321._

Gordon--Library lectures. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914, pp. 316-323._

Haxby--History, organisation, and educational value of municipal
library lectures. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 123-132._

Jast--A note on library readings. _L.A.R. Vol. 18, 1916, pp. 53-62._

Newcombe--Raison d’etre of library lectures. _L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907, pp.
231-243; 261-266._

Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 89-95._


READING CIRCLES.

Harris--Organization and conduct of reading circles. _L.W. Vol. 17,
1914-15, pp. 69-72._

Pomfret--Reading circles. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 289-294._

Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 96-102._


EXHIBITIONS.

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 537-8, pp.
475-6._

Library Economics. _pp. 32-33._

Piper--Library exhibitions. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 275-280._

Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 128-130._

Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _Wilson, New York: 1924. Also
Grafton. (Chap. 12, pp. 155-202, Displays and exhibits)._

Warner--Holiday literature and picture exhibitions. _L.W. Vol. 12,
1909-10, pp. 49-54._

Wheeler--The library and the community. _A.L.A., 1924. Also Grafton.
(Chap. 26, pp. 291-307, Exhibits and displays)._


CENTRAL LIBRARY FOR STUDENTS.

Central Library for Students, by A. W. Pollard. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917,
pp. 372-378._


LIBRARY MAGAZINES, BOOK LISTS, etc.

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Section 264, pp.
251-254._

Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 117-120._

Sayers _and_ Stewart--Library magazines. _L.W. Vols. 7 and 8, 1904-6._

Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _Chap. 9, pp. 91-110._

Wheeler--The library and the community. _Chaps. 22 and 23, pp. 243-267._


PUBLICITY.

A.L.A.--Manual of library economy. _Chapter 31._

Briscoe--Library advertising. _Coptic Series. Grafton, 1921. 7s. 6d._

Piper--Library advertising methods. _L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 71-79._

Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _Wilson, New York: 1924. Also
Grafton._

Wheeler--The library and the community. _A.L.A., 1924. Also Grafton.
15s._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ What steps would you take to ensure that the library obtained
full publicity and benefit from co-operation in a course of University
Extension lectures?

_2._ Give a brief account of the National Home Reading Union, and state
how you would conduct a reading circle.

_3._ In what way can the Central Library for Students assist the public
library?

_4._ What is an information bureau?

_5._ By what principal means would you advertise a library?

_6._ What steps would you take to keep readers fully acquainted with
new additions?


_Lesson 4._

BOOKBINDING. STATIONERY. PRINTING.

  _Note.--Bookbinding is dealt with in Course I, Lesson 7 on pp. 16-18,
  which should be treated as part of the present lesson._

All assistants should be thoroughly familiar, not merely with the
various forms used in their own library, but with the several
variations which are used in others. Study methods of storing
stationery, recording supplies, and note the means of checking supplies
in stock in order to avoid the irritating experience of finding some
particular item out of stock when most urgently required.

The necessary procedure, agreements, and arrangements in dealing with
the printer, and the checking of proof, should be noted.


READING LIST.


PRINTING.

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 265-266, pp.
254-257._

Proof reading marks and signs. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 308-09._

Walter--Library printing. _Chap. 32, A.L.A. Manual of library economy._

Ward--Publicity for public libraries. _Chap. 16, pp. 271-298. Library
printing and printing economies._

Wheeler--The library and the community. _Chap. 21, pp. 223-242. Layout
and typography of printed matter._


STATIONERY.

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 322-327, pp.
296-301._

Jast--Classification of office papers. (Originally published in Brown’s
Subject Classification).

Madeley--Classification of office papers. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp.
367-387._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Outline in full the method you would adopt in dealing with
stationery supplies, giving ruling of any record you would use.

_2._ Give as many proof correction marks, with explanations, as you can.


_Lesson 5._

ROUTINE AND CORRESPONDENCE DETAILS.

Assistants are reminded that no matter how wisely the general policy
and administration of a library may be directed, no small measure of
its ultimate success is dependent on a scrupulous regard for accuracy
in the discharge of the many and varied details which make up the daily
routine. The various library duties are so co-ordinated that it is
almost impossible to make mistakes singly, and the slightest inaccuracy
or inattention to minor details will reduce the efficiency of a
library’s service.

Everything appertaining to staff routine, accession methods,
replacements, revision of stock, discarding, registration of borrowers,
checks on work and readers, charging and filing methods, accounting,
statistics, etc., can be done in different ways, but only work based on
a careful study and comparison of the various methods can achieve real
success.


READING LIST.

ACCESSION METHODS.

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 14, pp. 189-205._

Collier--A rational accession method. _L. & B.W. Vol. 9, 1908, pp. 1-8._

Hopper--Order and accession department. _Chap. 17, A.L.A. Manual of
library economy._

Jast--Accessions: the checking processes. _L. Vol. 1, 1899, pp.
152-163._

Library Economics. _pp. 8-10._

Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 46-50._


CHECKS ON WORK. TIME SHEETS.

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sections 89-90, pp.
90-92._

Library Economics. _pp. 80-83._

McGill--A form of work-sheet. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 204-206._


REGISTRATION OF BORROWERS.

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 24, pp. 341-349._

Library Economics. _pp. 87-89._

Neesham--Registration of borrowers. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp.
341-343._

Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 78-88._

Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 50-53._


ISSUE METHODS.

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Chap. 25, pp. 350-365_.

Brown _and others_--Open access libraries. _Chap. 7, pp. 155-178._

Library Economics. _pp. 1-5; 57-63; 10-12._

Pollitt--Principles of book charging. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp.
340-343._

Rae--Public library administration. _pp. 63-77._

Roebuck _and_ Thorne--Primer of library practice. _pp. 54-58; 65-66._


STORING. MAPS. PRINTS. PAMPHLETS. PHOTOGRAPHIC SURVEYS, ETC.

A.L.A.--Manual of library economy. _Chap. 25._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _1919 edition. Sects. 300-313., pp.
414-5; 429-442._

Goss--Methods of ... preserving prints. _L.A.R. Vol. 17, 1915, pp.
349-362._

Jast--The treatment of pamphlets. _L.W. Vol. 4, 1901-2, pp. 60-63._

Sparke--Newspaper rack for bound volumes. _L.W. Vol. 3, 1900-01, pp.
127-128._

Spofford--Book for all readers. _Chap. 7, pp. 145-156._

Warner--Photographic surveys in connection with public libraries. _L.A.
Vol. 6, 1909, pp. 240-245._

Woodbine--Modern methods of book storage. _L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp.
446-454._


STATISTICS. ANNUAL REPORT.

Bostwick--The American Public Library. _Chap. 20, pp. 266-281._

Brown--Manual of library economy. _Chap. 4, pp. 60-70._

Hetherington--Library statistics. _L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 1-16._

Minto--Public library statistics. _L. New Series. Vol. 2, 1900, p. 164._

Willcock--What should an annual report contain? _L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906,
pp. 363-371; 392-397._


MISCELLANEOUS ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS.

Coutts--Overdue books and the treatment of defaulters. _L.W. Vol. 14,
1911-12, pp. 241-246._

Dixon--the bespoken file. _L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp. 316-7._

Fry--Fines and other penalties. _L.W. Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 1-8._

Hatcher--Stocktaking methods. _L.A. Vol. 5, 1904, pp. 43-46._

Library Economics. Reserved Books, _p. 92_.


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Draw up a weekly time and work sheet for a library containing
lending, reference, and juvenile departments, open _9-30_ a.m. to _8-0_
p.m. each week day. The staff consists of five senior and ten junior
assistants, working forty-two hours per week.

_2._ State what information you would include in an annual report.

_3._ Give the ruling of (_a_) accession book (_b_) overdue book (_c_)
cash receipt book (_d_) donation book.

_4._ Mention the various methods of indicating ownership of books,
stating which you prefer for reference and lending library books,
newspapers, and periodicals.

_5._ Give in their correct order the various processes through which a
book has passed from entering the library to the time it is issued to a
reader.

_6._ By what means would you ascertain the number of books consulted in
(_a_) an open access and (_b_) a closed reference department?


TEST EXAMINATION.

_1._ Describe what you consider to be the best means of advertising a
library.

_2._ Assume that legal proceedings are about to be taken for the
recovery of a book. By what steps has the case reached this stage? Give
wording of the necessary correspondence in connection with the case.

_3._ Show, by a rough plan, how you would arrange the bookcases,
barriers, and necessary furniture and fittings for an open-access
library 50 feet by 40 feet, not top-lighted.

_4._ Discuss the policy of providing special reading rooms for ladies.

_5._ State how the public library can most usefully collaborate with
the Education Committee in relation to continuation schools.

_6._ Describe what aids you would provide in a closely classified
lending library to indicate the exact location of a book, and give what
you consider to be the best method of dealing with “oversize” books.

_7._ Give the approximate initial cost of establishing a home bindery,
stating what requisites you would provide. What advantages would be
gained by having such a department?

_8._ Discuss the policy of allowing children free access to the whole
of the stock in their department.

_9._ Name twenty works which you consider essential to the success of a
quick-reference section.

_10._ Outline the duties of an assistant in a (_a_) children’s library
(_b_) lending library (_c_) information desk.

_11._ Give a list of ten newspapers and six general, six trade, six
political, and six ladies’ periodicals you would recommend for a
general reading room. State what you consider to be the best means of
displaying them, and outline fully the instructions you would give with
regard to filing the periodicals you select.

_12._ Discuss the value of statistics in estimating the work done by a
public library.




COURSE 8: HISTORY OF LIBRARIES.


There are not wanting those who claim as the first and greatest of
all libraries that vast and glorious “stone book of nature.” It was
by observing the ability of hard substances to leave their impress on
those of a softer nature--the means by which this great stone-book
was written--that man acquired the art of writing, of recording his
opinions and the various incidents of his life and the lives of those
around him. In the earliest stages of his progress in this art this
was done on the walls of his rough habitations, but later man adopted
a more permanent and convenient form on bark, leaves, skin, tablets of
clay and like substances.

It was for the preservation of these that “houses of the records”
came to be established throughout the countries of the ancient
peoples, sometimes as parts of their temples and sometimes as distinct
buildings, and it is from these that our modern libraries have evolved.

As a study, the history of libraries only appeals to a small portion
of the library profession, therefore, I am not giving special reading
lists, but simply a brief outline of the requirements necessary, a
select bibliography of the more important works, and the questions
one would expect a student to be able to answer should he present
himself for examination. For a general idea of primitive libraries
Edward Clodd’s “Story of the alphabet” _Library of Useful Stories_,
Richardson’s “Beginnings of libraries,” _1914_, and Rawlings’ “Story of
books,” _1912_ should be read as an introduction to the subject.


REQUIREMENTS.

Origin, varieties and history of libraries in general. The ancient
libraries of Assyria, Babylonia, Chaldea, Egypt, Persia, Greece and
Rome. Mediæval libraries and their modern successors--Monastic, Royal
and University libraries. Private libraries should also be known, and
students must become familiar with the lives of eminent book-collectors
from the earliest times to the present day. Such names as the
following should be noted: Benedict; Richard de Bury; Nicholas V.;
the Medici Family; Jean Grolier; Sir Thomas Bodley; Gabriel Naudé;
Jules Mazarin; Robert Harley; Sir Hans Sloane; J. A. Zaluski; Duke of
Roxburghe; Lord Spencer; Lord Crawford; P. Morgan; H. E. Widener.

The principal British libraries are:--

  British Museum, London (including the departments at South
  Kensington); Bodleian Library, Oxford; University Library, Cambridge;
  John Rylands Library, Manchester; Chetham Library, Manchester; London
  Library; Guildhall Library, London; Sion College, London; Lambeth
  Palace, London; Trinity College, Dublin; National Library of Ireland;
  National Library of Scotland, _formerly_ The Advocate’s Library,
  Edinburgh; University Libraries of Aberdeen, St. Andrews, Edinburgh
  and Glasgow; Signet Library, Edinburgh; National Library of Wales,
  Aberystwyth.

The principal American libraries are:--

  Boston Public Library; Chicago Public Library; Harvard University;
  John Crerar Library, Chicago; Newberry Library, Chicago; Yale
  University Library, New Haven; New York Public Library; Columbia
  University, New York; New York State Library, Albany; Public Library,
  Pittsburg, Philadelphia University; Library of Congress, Washington;
  University Library, Chicago; Cornell University, Ithaca.

The principal European libraries are:--

_Austria._--Royal Library, Vienna; University Library, Vienna.

_Belgium._--Royal Library, Brussels; University Library, Ghent.

_Denmark._--Royal Library, Copenhagen.

_France._--Arsenal Library, Paris; Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris;
St. Geneviéve, Paris; University Library (Sorbonne), Paris; Mazarin
Library, Paris.

_Germany._--Royal Library, Berlin; Ducal Library, Darmstadt; Royal
Library, Dresden; University Library, Gottingen; University Library,
Heidelberg; University Library, Leipzig; Royal Library, Munich;
University Library, Munich; University Library, Strassburg; Royal
Library, Stuttgart; City Library, Hamburg.

_Greece._--University Libraries, Athens.

_Holland._--Royal Library, Hague; University Libraries, Leyden and
Utrecht; Municipal University, Amsterdam.

_Hungary._--Hungarian National Museum, Buda-Pest.

_Italy._--National Library, Florence; Mediceo-Laurenzian Library,
Florence; Vatican Library, Rome; Victor Emmanuel Library, Rome; Marcian
Library, Venice; Ambrosian Library, Milan; National Library, Naples;
University Library, Bologna; National Library, Turin.

_Norway._--University Library, Oslo.

_Portugal._--National Library, Lisbon.

_Russia._--Imperial Library, Leningrad; University Library, Moscow.

_Spain._--Royal Library, Escorial; National Library, Madrid.

_Sweden._--Royal Library, Stockholm; University Library, Upsala.

_Switzerland._--Cantonal and State Library, Zurich.


SELECT BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Americana--Article _Libraries_.

Axon--Ancient and modern libraries. _In British Almanac Companion,
1876, pp. 103-122._

Blades--On chained libraries. _L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 411-416._

Boyd--Public libraries and literary culture in ancient Rome. _1915._

Clark--The care of books: an essay on the development of libraries and
their fittings, from the earliest times to the end of the eighteenth
century. _C.U.P._, _1901_.

Clark--Libraries in the Mediæval and Renaissance Periods. _1894._

Clarke--Repertorium bibliographicum; or some account of the most
celebrated British libraries. _2 vols. Clarke._

Cowper--Notices of ancient libraries. _Notes and Queries, 1855. Vol. 2,
pp. 258, 337, 361, 493, 512._

Dechelette--Manuel d’archéologie prehistorique Celtique et
Galto-Romaine. _Vol. 1. Paris, 1908._

Edwards--Memoirs of libraries: including a handbook of library economy.
_2 vols. Trubner, 1859._

  _Contents_:--_Vol. 1, Book 1._--Libraries of the Ancients, _p.
  3-82_. _Book 2._--Libraries of the Middle Ages, _pp. 83-415_. _Book
  3._--Modern libraries of Great Britain and Ireland, _pp. 416-820_.
  _Vol. 2, Book 3 (cont.)_--Modern libraries of Great Britain and
  Ireland, _pp. 3-162_. _Book 4._--Libraries of the United States of
  America, _pp. 163-242_. Book 5.--Modern libraries of Continental
  Europe, _pp. 243-568_.

Encyclopædia Britannica, _last two editions_.--Articles _Libraries_.

Fay _and_ Eaton--Instruction in the use of books and libraries. _Chap.
12, pp. 163-178._

Graesel--Handbuch der Bibliothekslehre. _Weber: Leipzic, 1902._

Greenwood--Free public libraries: their organisation, uses and
management. _1886._

Greenwood--Public libraries: a history of the movement and a manual
for the organisation and management of rate-supported libraries. _4th
edition, 1894._

Horne--Introduction to the study of bibliography. _2 vols. Cadell and
Davies, 1814._

  _Vol. 1._--Memoir of the public libraries of the ancients, _pp. 1-25
  and part 1, pp. 30-143_.

Kirkwood--Proposals made in _1699_ to found public libraries in
Scotland. _1889._

Koch--Portfolio of Carnegie Libraries.

Libraries, Public--Return showing the names of all places in England,
in Scotland, and in Ireland, in which the Public Libraries Acts have
been adopted prior to the end of the last financial year, etc. _1912._

Morgan--Monastic libraries. _L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 290-297._

New International Encyclopedia--Article _Libraries_.

Ogle--The free library: its history and present condition. _The Library
Series, 1897._

Phillips--The monastic libraries of Wales. _1913._

Prideaux--Library economy in the _16_th century. _L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1909,
pp. 152-174._

Rau--Did Omar destroy the library of Alexandria. _Nineteenth Century,
1894, pp. 555-571._

Rawlings--Story of books. _Useful Knowledge Series. Hodder & Stoughton,
1912, pp. 9-70._

Richardson--The beginnings of libraries. _1914._

Richardson--Biblical libraries: a sketch of library history from B.C.
_3400_ to A.D. _150_. _Princeton Univ. Press. Milford, 1915. 5s. 6d._

Rye--The libraries of London: a guide for students. _1908._

Sandys--A history of classical scholarship, from the _6_th century B.C.
to the end of the Middle Ages. _3 vols., 1906-08._

Savage--Old English Libraries, the making, collection and use of books
during the Middle Ages. _The Antiquary’s Library. Methuen, 1911._

Savage--The story of libraries and book-collectors. _The English
Library. Routledge, 1908._

Smith--Babylonian and Assyrian libraries. _North British Review, 1870,
pp. 305-324._

Spofford--The history of libraries. _In his “A book for all readers.”
Putnam, 1905, Chap. 15, pp. 287-320._

Teggart--Contribution towards a bibliography of ancient libraries,
_1899_. _Also in L.J. Vol. 24, p. 5._

Universal Cyclopædia.--Article _Libraries_.

Wheatley--Assyrian Libraries. _L.A.T. 1880, pp: 87-90._

Williams _and_ Meredith, _editors_.--The Librarians’ Guide. _Annually
from 1923._

Wynkoop--Commissions, state aid and state agencies. (_A.L.A. Manual of
library economy. Chap. 27_).


BOOK COLLECTORS:--

Elton--Great book collectors. _1893._

Edwards--Free town libraries. _Book-collectors, pp. 224 to end._

Fletcher---English book collectors. _1902._

Savage--The story of libraries and book collectors. _1909, pp. 211-220._

Stephen--One hundred book collectors. _L.W. Vol. 10, 1907, pp. 194.
Also in Library Economics; pp. 63-80._


SPECIAL LIBRARIES.

_Note._--Cannons’ “Bibliography of library economy” [_1876-1923_]; the
“Story of the Nations” and “Countries and Peoples” series, should be
consulted for each country.


GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

_Bodleian Library, Oxford._

Bodleian Library Tercentenary. _L.W. Vol. 5, 1902, pp. 113-119._

Bolton--History of the Bodleian library. _L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp.
241-246._

Clark--A Bodleian guide for visitors. _1906._

Cowley--Recent history of the Bodleian library. _L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921,
pp. 316-325._

Machray--Annals of the Bodleian library, _1598-1867_. _1868._


_British Museum, London._

Cowtan--Memories of the British Museum. _1872._

Edwards--Lives of the founders of the British Museum: with notices of
its chief augmentors and other benefactors, _1570-1870_. _2 Vols. 1870._

Greenwood--Public libraries, _1894, pp. 493-501_.

Rawlings--British Museum Library. _1916._

Shelley--The British Museum: its history and treasures. _Pitman, 1911._


_Cambridge University Library._

Aldis--Organization and methods of the Cambridge University Library.
_L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 625-636._

Huck--University Library, Cambridge. _L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp.
257-266._

Protheroe--A memoir of Henry Bradshaw. _1888._


_Chetham Library, Manchester._

Nicholson--The Chetham Hospital and Library. _1910._


_John Rylands Library, Manchester._

John Rylands Library, Manchester: a brief historical description of
the library and its contents, illustrated with thirty-seven views and
facsimiles. _1914. John Rylands Library, 6d._

John Rylands Library. _L.A.R. Vol. 1, 1899. pp. 564-571; 679-688._

Lyell--John Rylands Library. _L.W. Vol. 19, 1916-17, pp. 312-314._


_London Library._

Purnell--The London Library. _L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921, pp. 102-112._


_London University Library._

Baker--The library of the University of London. _L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1904,
pp. 28-38._

Chambers--Library of the University College of London. _L.A.R. Vol 11,
1909, pp. 350-358; 361-363._


_Marsh’s Library, Dublin._

White--An account of Marsh’s library. _L.A.R. Vol. 1, 1899, pp.
132-145._


_National Library of Ireland._

Vine--National Library of Ireland. _L.A.R. Vol 4, 1902, pp. 95-109._


_National Library of Wales._

The National Library of Wales. _L.W. Vol 14, 1911-12, pp. 79-82._

The National Library of Wales. _L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 211-215;
276-284._


_Sion College Library, London._

Pearce--Sion College and Library. _1913._


FRANCE.

Mortet--The public libraries of France, national, communal and
university. _L.A.R. Vol 3, (N.S.), 1925, pp. 145-159._

Turnbull--The libraries of France. _L.W. Vol 12, 1909-10, pp. 125-127._

_Bibliotheque Nationale._

The National Library of France. _L. Vol 4, 1892 pp. 277-287._

ITALY. _Vatican Library._

Sayle--The Vatican Library. _L. Vol 6, 1894, pp. 327-343._

SPAIN. _Escorial Library._

Lyell--The Escorial and its library. _L.W. Vol. 24, 1921-22, pp. 81-84._


UNITED STATES.

Bolton--American library history. _A.L.A. Manual of library economy.
Chap. 1._

Bolton--Proprietary libraries. _A.L.A. Manual of library economy. Chap.
5._

Fletcher--Public libraries in America. _English Bookman’s Library,
1902._

Flint--Statistics of public libraries in the United States, _1893_.

Green--The public library movement in the United States, _1853-1893_;
from _1876_, reminiscences of the writer. _Useful Reference Series, No.
8._


_Library of Congress._

Bishop--Library of Congress. _A.L.A. Manual of library economy. Chap.
2._

Johnston--History of the Library of Congress. _1904. Vol. I. 1800-1864._

Library of Congress and its work. _21 pp. Library of Congress._


QUESTIONS.

_1._ Write a brief account of the origin of the British Museum, and
describe three of the notable collections of books or manuscripts which
it contains.

_2._ Where were public libraries usually situated in ancient Rome, and
what was the nature of the books kept in them?

_3._ Give an account of the library of the Abbey of Monte Cassino and
of the rule of St. Benedict so far as it relates to the use of books.

_4._ Describe the various forms and kinds of books preserved in the
ancient libraries before the invention of printing.

_5._ What do you know of the method of chaining books in libraries?
State where chained books may still be seen.

_6._ Give a short account of the lives of two of the following: Andrew
Carnegie; Edward Edwards; Henry Bradshaw; James Duff Brown; H. E.
Widener.

_7._ Describe the physical properties of early forms of books, and
their method of storage.

_8._ Name some monastic libraries that existed in England, and briefly
describe four of them.

_9._ Give a brief historical sketch of four of the following
libraries:--British Museum; Library of Congress; Bibliotheque
Nationale, Paris; Vatican Library; Escorial Library; Royal Library,
Copenhagen; John Rylands Library; National Library of Wales; National
Library of Scotland; Trinity College, Dublin.

_10._ State briefly what you know of the following:--Richard de
Bury; T. F. Dibdin; Henry Bradshaw; Matthias Corvinus; Petrarch;
Assurbanipal; Sixtus IV.; Dr. Bray; Henry Huth; J. A. Zaluski; Lord
Amhurst of Hackney; C. A. Cutter.

[Illustration: HOPKINS & SONS, “CENTRAL PRESS,” BOLTON.]




Corrections

The first line indicates the original, the second the correction.

The word “libaries” was converted to “libraries” throughout the book.

p. xii

  Cloth. pp. 154. Chicago: Amercian Library Association.
  Cloth. pp. 154. Chicago: American Library Association.

p. 25

  Crown Octovo
  Crown Octavo

p. 28

  jusqu’a la fin du seiziéme siécle
  jusqu’à la fin du seizième siècle

  en langue francaise
  en langue française

  La minature Francaise
  La miniature Française

p. 32

  English Cataogue of books
  English Catalogue of books

p. 46

  lending departmant
  lending department

p. 52

  Bibliographie der socialismus und cummunismus
  Bibliographie der Sozialismus und Kommunismus

p. 61

  Describe briefly not nore
  Describe briefly not more

p. 62

  Committee of the Bibliograhpical
  Committee of the Bibliographical

p. 74

  Arcticles very brief
  Articles very brief

p. 108

  These may be had at a triflng cost
  These may be had at a trifling cost

p. 113

  carry out the work in accorddance
  carry out the work in accordance

p. 120

  Manley (J. M.) _and_ Rickert (E.)--Contemporary British literature:
  bibliographies and study outlines. _1923._

  Manly (J. M.) _and_ Rickett (E.)--Contemporary British literature:
  bibliographies and study outlines. _1923._

p. 135

  outbreak of of the French Revolution
  outbreak of the French Revolution

p. 143

  The Brontes.
  The Brontës.

p. 146

  The Pre-Raphaelities
  The Pre-Raphaelites

p. 162

The numbers 7 and 8 were in reverse order in the original.

p. 172

  Newrooms. Magazine Rooms.
  Newsrooms. Magazine Rooms.

p. 191

  formerly The Advocate’s Library, Ebinburgh;
  formerly The Advocate’s Library, Edinburgh;

  Belgium.--Royal Library, Brussells
  Belgium.--Royal Library, Brussels

*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77611 ***